WO2022053006A1 - Proximity light sensor control method and related device - Google Patents
Proximity light sensor control method and related device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2022053006A1 WO2022053006A1 PCT/CN2021/117563 CN2021117563W WO2022053006A1 WO 2022053006 A1 WO2022053006 A1 WO 2022053006A1 CN 2021117563 W CN2021117563 W CN 2021117563W WO 2022053006 A1 WO2022053006 A1 WO 2022053006A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- screen
- electronic device
- display screen
- transmit power
- light sensor
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 111
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 claims description 54
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 claims description 23
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 claims description 21
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 claims description 20
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 19
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 5
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 73
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 46
- 230000006854 communication Effects 0.000 description 46
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 30
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 22
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 22
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 21
- 238000010295 mobile communication Methods 0.000 description 19
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 17
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 15
- 230000005236 sound signal Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 11
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000013528 artificial neural network Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000004422 calculation algorithm Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920001621 AMOLED Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000005282 brightening Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002834 transmittance Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036772 blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013527 convolutional neural network Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002096 quantum dot Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003238 somatosensory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008186 active pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003416 augmentation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003190 augmentative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010009 beating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007175 bidirectional communication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002457 bidirectional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013529 biological neural network Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037237 body shape Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000019771 cognition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013500 data storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005421 electrostatic potential Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003862 health status Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005525 hole transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009776 industrial production Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001678 irradiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010985 leather Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006798 recombination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005215 recombination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- JLGLQAWTXXGVEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylene glycol monomethyl ether Chemical compound COCCOCCOCCO JLGLQAWTXXGVEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001755 vocal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002618 waking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
- H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
- H04M1/02—Constructional features of telephone sets
- H04M1/0202—Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
- H04M1/026—Details of the structure or mounting of specific components
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
- H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
- H04M1/02—Constructional features of telephone sets
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
- H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
- H04M1/72—Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
- H04M1/724—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
- H04M1/72448—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for adapting the functionality of the device according to specific conditions
- H04M1/72454—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for adapting the functionality of the device according to specific conditions according to context-related or environment-related conditions
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
- H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
- H04M1/72—Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
- H04M1/725—Cordless telephones
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02D—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
- Y02D30/00—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
- Y02D30/70—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks
Definitions
- the present invention relates to the technical field of electronic equipment, and in particular, to a control method of a proximity light sensor and related equipment.
- Proximity sensor is a general term for sensors that replace contact detection methods such as limit switches, and are designed to detect without touching the detection object. It detects the movement and presence of objects and converts them into electrical signals. Proximity sensors are mainly used to detect the displacement of objects, and are widely used in aviation, aerospace technology and industrial production.
- proximity sensing solutions are generally divided into ultrasonic solutions, capacitive touch screen solutions, and optical solutions.
- the mobile phone is driven to complete the corresponding configuration by detecting the distance between the object and the screen of the mobile phone.
- Common applications include phone scenes.
- the proximity light sensor detects that the face is close to the phone screen, the screen is turned off to reduce power consumption and prevent accidental touches on the screen;
- the proximity light sensor detects that the face is far away from the phone screen, the screen is turned on, so that the user can Can continue to operate the phone screen.
- the proximity light sensor is usually formed by using an independent infrared transmitter and an infrared receiver.
- the infrared transmitter emits infrared light that is invisible to the human eye, and the infrared receiver is used to receive the infrared light.
- the infrared receiver When there is no object approaching, the infrared light will not be reflected, and the receiver will not detect the infrared signal; when there is an object approaching and reaching a certain distance (this distance is called the detection distance), the reflected intensity of the infrared light reaches the detection threshold.
- the receiver detects the intensity of the reflected infrared light, or the time difference between infrared light emission and reception to determine the proximity of the object. When it is close to a certain distance, it will report the proximity status.
- the infrared transmitter and the receiving device are placed under the organic light emitting diode (Organic Light Emitting Diode, OLED) display screen, so as to realize the close-to-optical signal acquisition under the full screen.
- OLED Organic Light Emitting Diode
- the infrared light emitted by the infrared emitter is prone to produce spots in the area where the infrared light illuminates the OLED display screen, thereby affecting the screen display and the use of the user.
- Embodiments of the present invention provide a proximity light sensor control method and related devices, so as to improve user experience of an electronic device in a call state.
- an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for controlling a proximity light sensor, which is applied to an electronic device, where the electronic device includes a display screen and a proximity light sensor disposed below the display screen; the method includes: receiving a For the first call request, control the display screen to enter the bright screen state, and control the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to be the first transmit power; accept the first call request and enter the first call state; if the first call request is detected
- the preset condition is to control the display screen to enter the off-screen state, and control the emission power of the proximity light sensor to be the second emission power; or, if the first preset condition is not detected, and the user and the display screen have a relationship If the distance is less than the screen-off distance threshold, control the display screen to enter the screen-off state, and control the emission power of the proximity light sensor to be the second emission power; if the second preset condition is not detected, and the user and the display If the distance of the screen is greater than the bright-screen distance threshold, the display screen is controlled to
- the transmit power of the proximity light sensor can be controlled to be a lower first transmit power , which not only avoids the problem of bright spot flickering, but also ensures the monitoring accuracy of the proximity light sensor.
- the electronic device when it does not detect a screen-off condition with a higher priority, it further determines whether the current distance between the user and the display screen is less than the screen-off distance threshold (or called the proximity distance), if it is less than, Then, by controlling the display screen to enter the off-screen state, and adjusting the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to a higher second transmit power; when the electronic device does not detect a bright screen condition with a higher priority, it is further determined by judging the user's current Whether the distance from the display screen is greater than the bright screen distance threshold (or called the distance from the bright screen), if it is greater than that, enter the bright screen state by controlling the display screen, and adjust the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to a lower first transmit power .
- the screen-off distance threshold or called the proximity distance
- the emission power of the proximity light sensor is low when the screen is bright, which avoids the occurrence of bright spots and flickering on the display screen when the screen is bright due to the high emission power of the proximity photo sensor. Defects, and since the distance between the user and the display screen that the electronic device needs to be monitored by the proximity light sensor when the screen is on is short (because the screen-off distance threshold or the proximity distance is a short distance), the proximity light sensor monitoring can be guaranteed.
- the emission power of the proximity light sensor is higher when the screen is off, and the difference in emission power between the proximity light sensor when the screen is bright and the screen is off is large, it can detect a farther distance and ensure that The large difference between the close distance and the far distance solves the problem of the electronic device repeatedly turning on and off the screen during a call due to the short distance distance and the small difference between the close distance and the far distance. It can not only help users save power consumption and prevent users from accidentally touching, but also greatly improve the user experience during a call.
- the display screen is controlled to enter a bright-screen state, and the The transmit power of the proximity light sensor is the first transmit power.
- the electronic device since the first preset condition has a priority higher than the condition for determining whether to turn off the screen by the target distance between the user and the display screen. Therefore, if the electronic device detects the first preset condition, at this time, regardless of whether the target distance between the user and the display screen is less than the screen-off distance threshold, the electronic device needs to control the display screen to switch to the screen-off state and close the proximity light sensor. The transmit power is adjusted to a higher power. Because, at this time, it can be determined that the user needs or has a strong intention to switch to the off-screen state, or the electronic device determines that the user has a high probability that the screen is in the off-screen state under the current situation.
- the electronic device may control the display screen to switch to the off-screen state and adjust the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to a higher power, so as to increase the distance detectable by the proximity light sensor.
- the second preset condition has a higher priority than the condition for determining whether to turn on the screen based on the target distance between the user and the display screen. Therefore, if the electronic device detects the second preset condition, no matter whether the target distance between the user and the display screen is greater than the bright screen distance threshold, the electronic device needs to control the display screen to switch to the bright screen state and close the light sensor The transmit power is adjusted to a lower power.
- the electronic device can control the display screen to switch to the bright screen state and adjust the transmission power of the proximity light sensor to a lower power, so as to avoid the problem of bright spot flickering under the bright screen caused by the high power of the proximity light sensor .
- the embodiments of the present invention solve the problem that the electronic device repeatedly turns on and off the screen during a call due to the short distance between the distance and the distance between the close distance and the distance, so as to help the user save power consumption and prevent the user from accidentally touching the screen.
- the embodiment of the present invention can be applied to a call in a hands-free state or a call in a non-hands-free state, that is, the first call state may include a call in a hands-free state and/or a non-hands-free state. call below.
- the first call state includes a non-hands-free call state; the method further includes: when the electronic device is in the second call state, turning off the function of the proximity light sensor; when the electronic device is in the second call state; When the display screen is in a bright screen state, if the first preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to switch to a screen-off state; when the display screen is in a screen-off state, if the first preset condition is detected.
- the second preset condition is to control the display screen to switch to a bright screen state.
- the electronic device when the electronic device performs different screen-on/off controls for the hands-free calling state and the non-hands-free calling state, and adjusts the transmit power of the proximity light sensor, for the non-hands-free calling state, it can still be used.
- the control method in the first aspect above is to perform comprehensive judgment in combination with the first preset condition, the second preset condition, the relationship between the target distance and the threshold value of the on/off distance distance, so as to perform related control and adjustment.
- the screen can be turned on and off differently only according to whether the first preset condition or the second preset condition is received.
- the function of the proximity light sensor can be turned off (ie, it is not necessary to adjust its transmission power). For example, if the user turns on the hands-free function after connecting to the phone, even if the distance between the subsequent user and the display screen is less than the screen-off distance threshold, the screen will still be kept on.
- the screen can be switched off only when the screen is off when the phone is in the hands-free state, and the screen is off when the phone is in the off-screen state when the phone is in the hands-free state. Wait for the trigger condition to switch on the bright screen.
- the method further includes: receiving a user's switching operation of the pass state, and entering a second call state, wherein the first call state includes a non-hands-free call state, and the second call state
- the state includes a hands-free calling state; if the first preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter a screen-off state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the second transmit power; if detected For the second preset condition, the display screen is controlled to enter a bright screen state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power.
- the electronic device when the electronic device performs different screen-on/off controls for the hands-free calling state and the non-hands-free calling state, and adjusts the transmit power of the proximity light sensor, for the non-hands-free calling state, it can still be used.
- the control method in the first aspect above is to perform comprehensive judgment in combination with the first preset condition, the second preset condition, the relationship between the target distance and the threshold value of the on/off distance distance, so as to perform related control and adjustment.
- different screen-on/off controls and adjustment of the transmit power of the proximity light sensor can be performed only according to whether the first preset condition or the second preset condition is received.
- the relationship of the target distance between the user and the display screen is not considered.
- the display screen will still be kept on and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor will be controlled.
- the screen-off switch is performed and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to a higher second transmit power; the same The same is true for calls in the hands-free state when the screen is off.
- the screen-on-screen switch When the user's active screen-on operation is received or a trigger condition such as a new message or incoming call is detected, the screen-on-screen switch is performed and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled. to a lower first transmit power.
- the on-off of the screen is determined by not detecting the target distance through the proximity light sensor after turning on the hands-free, the above-mentioned target distance may still be required for some other functions on the electronic device. , so in this embodiment of the present invention, the emission power of the proximity light sensor can still be adjusted according to the on-off condition of the screen.
- the first preset condition includes: the electronic device receives a screen-off operation triggered by a user; or the electronic device is in a stationary state for a preset period of time.
- the first preset condition may specifically be a screen-off operation actively performed by the user, that is, a screen-off operation triggered by the user; or when the electronic device is in a stationary state for more than a certain period of time.
- the electronic device can control the display screen to switch to the off-screen state and adjust the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to a higher power to increase the The distance the proximity light sensor can detect. Help users save power consumption and prevent users from accidentally touching, and greatly improve the user experience during a call.
- the second preset condition includes: the electronic device receives a wake-up operation triggered by the user; or the current calling application on the electronic device is switched to the background; or the electronic device has An application program other than the current call application is running in the foreground; or the electronic device receives a new message or receives a new call.
- the second preset condition may specifically be a screen-on operation voluntarily performed by the user, that is, a wake-up operation triggered by the user; or the user needs to switch the corresponding call application to the background in the current call state of the electronic device.
- Other applications are running in the foreground; or applications other than the calling application are running in the foreground of the electronic device, for example, multiple applications (including or not including the calling application) are run in the same foreground split screen; or the electronic device A new message is received or a new call is received.
- the electronic device can control the display screen to switch to the bright screen state and adjust the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to a lower power to avoid the proximity light sensor.
- the resulting bright spot flickering problem helps users save power consumption and prevent users from accidentally touching them, and greatly improves the user experience during calls.
- the proximity light sensor is an infrared pulse sensor
- the controlling the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to be the second transmit power includes: increasing the pulse current of the infrared pulse sensor value, the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor is adjusted to the second transmission power; or by increasing the pulse width value of the infrared pulse sensor, the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor is adjusted to the second transmission power; Or by increasing the number of pulses of the infrared pulse sensor, the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor is adjusted to the second transmission power.
- the electronic device can increase the current value of the pulse emitted by the infrared pulse sensor, or increase the pulse width value of the pulse emitted by the infrared pulse sensor, or increase the value of the pulse emitted by the infrared pulse sensor.
- One or more ways in the number of pulses to make the infrared pulse sensor increase to a larger transmit power.
- the proximity light sensor is an infrared pulse sensor
- the controlling the emission power of the proximity light sensor to be the first emission power includes: reducing the current of the pulse of the infrared pulse sensor value, the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor is adjusted to the first transmission power; or by reducing the pulse width value of the pulse of the infrared pulse sensor, the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor is adjusted to the first transmission power; Or by reducing the number of pulses of the infrared pulse sensor, the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor is adjusted to the first transmission power.
- the electronic device can reduce the current value of the pulse emitted by the infrared pulse sensor, or reduce the pulse width value of the pulse emitted by the infrared pulse sensor, or reduce the pulse width emitted by the infrared pulse sensor.
- the second transmit power is twice or more than the first transmit power.
- the distance that can be detected by the proximity light sensor can be increased, and a larger proximity distance and distance can be ensured. difference in distance. Therefore, the problem of repeatedly turning on and off the screen of the electronic device during a call due to the short distance from the distance and the small difference between the approach distance and the distance from the electronic device is solved. It can help users save power consumption and prevent users from accidentally touching, which greatly improves the user's experience during a call.
- an embodiment of the present invention provides an electronic device, which may include a processor, a display screen coupled to the processor, and a proximity light sensor, where the proximity light sensor is disposed below the display screen;
- the proximity light sensor for detecting the distance between the user and the display screen
- the processor for:
- the display screen is controlled to enter the off-screen state, and the emission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the second emission power; or, if the first preset condition is not detected, and the user and the If the distance of the display screen is less than the screen-off distance threshold, the display screen is controlled to enter the screen-off state, and the emission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the second emission power;
- the display screen is controlled to enter the bright screen state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power power
- the screen-on distance threshold is greater than the screen-off distance threshold; and the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
- the processor is further configured to:
- the first preset condition is not detected, and the distance between the user and the display screen is not less than the screen-off distance threshold, keep controlling the display screen to enter the screen-off state, and keep controlling the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is the second transmit power; or,
- the display screen If the display screen enters a screen-off state and the second preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter a screen-on state, and the emission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first emission power.
- the processor is further configured to:
- the first call state includes a non-hands-free call state
- the second call state includes a hands-free call state
- the display screen is controlled to enter a bright screen state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power.
- the first preset condition includes:
- the electronic device receives a user-triggered screen-off operation
- the electronic device is in a stationary state for more than a preset period of time.
- the second preset condition includes:
- the electronic device receives a user-triggered wake-up operation
- the current calling application on the electronic device is switched to the background;
- An application program other than the current calling application is running in the foreground of the electronic device.
- the electronic device receives a new message or receives a new call.
- the proximity light sensor is an infrared pulse sensor; the processor is specifically used for:
- the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor is adjusted to the second transmission power
- the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor is adjusted to the second transmission power.
- the proximity light sensor is an infrared pulse sensor; the processor is specifically used for:
- the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor is adjusted to the first transmission power.
- the second transmit power is twice or more than the first transmit power.
- an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for controlling a proximity light sensor, which is applied to an electronic device, where the electronic device includes a display screen and a proximity light sensor disposed below the display screen; the method includes:
- the display screen is controlled to enter the screen-off and always-displayed AOD state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power;
- the display screen is controlled to enter the off-screen state, and the emission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the second emission power; or, if the first preset condition is not detected, and the user and the If the distance of the display screen is less than the screen-off distance threshold, the display screen is controlled to enter the screen-off state, and the emission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the second emission power;
- the display screen is controlled to enter the AOD state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power ;
- the screen-on distance threshold is greater than the screen-off distance threshold; and the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
- the distance between the user and the electronic device at this time is monitored by a proximity light sensor disposed under the display screen of the electronic device.
- the display screen of the electronic device is in the AOD state
- the switching between the AOD state and the screen-off state and the control of the transmit power of the proximity light sensor are performed for different situations.
- the electronic device is in the AOD state
- it is further determined whether the current distance between the user and the display screen is less than the screen-off distance threshold (or referred to as the screen-off distance threshold).
- Proximity distance if it is less than the screen, enter the off-screen state by controlling the display screen, and adjust the emission power of the proximity light sensor to a higher second emission power; when the display screen is in the off-screen state, and when the electronic device is not When an AOD condition with a higher priority is detected, it is further judged whether the distance between the user and the display screen is greater than the bright screen distance threshold (or called the distance distance). and adjusting the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to a lower first transmit power.
- the difference between the close distance and the far distance solves the problem of repeated switching between the AOD and the off-screen state caused by the short distance distance and the small difference between the close distance and the far distance of the electronic device in the AOD state. It can not only help users save power consumption and prevent users from accidentally touching, but also greatly improve the user experience when using the AOD function.
- the method further includes: if the first preset condition is not detected, and the distance between the user and the display screen is not less than a screen-off distance threshold, maintaining control of the display screen to enter off-screen state, and keep controlling the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to be the second transmit power; or,
- the display screen If the display screen enters the off-screen state and the second preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter the AOD state, and the transmission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmission power.
- the electronic device when the electronic device detects a screen-off condition with a higher priority, it controls the display screen to enter the screen-off state, and adjusts the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to a second, higher transmit power; when the electronic device detects a screen-off condition with a higher priority For AOD conditions with a higher priority, the display screen is controlled to enter the AOD state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is adjusted to a lower first transmit power.
- the first preset condition includes: the electronic device detects no-face information or no-eye gaze information.
- the electronic device determines that there is no face or human eye gaze information in front of the display screen, it is highly likely that the current user does not need to use the AOD function, so the display screen is controlled to enter the off-screen state, and the proximity light sensor is adjusted. transmit power to a second, higher transmit power.
- the second preset condition includes: the electronic device receives a wake-up operation triggered by a user; or the electronic device detects face information or eye gaze information; the electronic device A new message is received or a new call is received.
- the control display When the electronic device determines that there is an AOD condition with a higher priority, such as a wake-up operation, face and eye information, or receiving a new message or call, it is very likely that the current user needs to use the AOD function, so the control display The screen enters the AOD state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be a lower first transmit power.
- a higher priority such as a wake-up operation, face and eye information, or receiving a new message or call
- an embodiment of the present invention provides an electronic device, including a processor, a display screen coupled to the processor, and a proximity light sensor, where the proximity light sensor is disposed below the display screen;
- the processor for:
- the display screen is controlled to enter the screen-off and always-displayed AOD state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power;
- the display screen is controlled to enter the off-screen state, and the emission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the second emission power; or, if the first preset condition is not detected, and the user and the If the distance of the display screen is less than the screen-off distance threshold, the display screen is controlled to enter the screen-off state, and the emission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the second emission power;
- the display screen is controlled to enter the AOD state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power ;
- the screen-on distance threshold is greater than the screen-off distance threshold; and the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
- the processor is further configured to:
- the first preset condition is not detected, and the distance between the user and the display screen is not less than the screen-off distance threshold, keep controlling the display screen to enter the screen-off state, and keep controlling the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is the second transmit power; or,
- the display screen If the display screen enters the off-screen state and the second preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter the AOD state, and the transmission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmission power.
- the first preset condition includes:
- the electronic device detects no face information or no eye gaze information.
- the second preset condition includes:
- the electronic device receives a user-triggered wake-up operation
- the electronic device detects face information or eye gaze information; or
- the electronic device receives a new message or receives a new call.
- the present application provides a semiconductor chip, which may include the processor involved in any one of the implementation manners of the foregoing second aspect.
- the present application provides a semiconductor chip, which may include the processor involved in any one of the implementation manners of the foregoing fourth aspect.
- the present application provides a system-on-a-chip SoC chip, where the SoC chip includes the processor involved in any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect, and optionally, further includes an internal memory coupled to the processor and external memory.
- the SoC chip may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
- the present application provides a system-on-a-chip SoC chip, where the SoC chip includes the processor involved in any one of the implementation manners of the fourth aspect, and optionally, further includes an internal memory coupled to the processor and external memory.
- the SoC chip may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
- the present application provides a system-on-chip, where the system-on-chip includes the processor and the proximity light sensor involved in any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect above.
- the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
- the present application provides a chip system, where the chip system includes the processor involved in any one of the implementation manners of the fourth aspect and a proximity light sensor.
- the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
- the present application provides an electronic device, including a processor and a memory, wherein the memory is used to store program codes, and the processor is used to call the program codes stored in the memory to execute the above-mentioned first aspect.
- a proximity light sensor control method involved in any implementation manner of .
- the present application provides an electronic device, including a processor and a memory, wherein the memory is used to store program codes, and the processor is used to call the program codes stored in the memory to execute the above third aspect.
- a proximity light sensor control method involved in any implementation manner of .
- the present application provides an electronic device, the electronic device having the function of implementing any one of the proximity light sensor control methods in the first aspect above.
- This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
- the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
- the present application provides an electronic device having the function of implementing any one of the control methods for a proximity light sensor in the third aspect above.
- This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
- the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
- the present application provides a terminal device, the terminal device includes a processor, a display screen, and a proximity light sensor, the processor is the processor involved in any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect, and the display The screen is a display screen involved in any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect above, and the proximity light sensor is the proximity light sensor involved in any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect above.
- the terminal device may also include a communication interface for the terminal to communicate with other devices or a communication network.
- the present application provides a terminal device, the terminal device includes a processor, a display screen and a proximity light sensor, the processor is the processor involved in any one of the implementation manners of the fourth aspect, and the display The screen is a display screen involved in any one of the implementations of the fourth aspect above, and the proximity light sensor is the proximity optical sensor involved in any one of the implementations of the fourth aspect above.
- the terminal device may also include a communication interface for the terminal to communicate with other devices or a communication network.
- the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed by an electronic device, the near-light optical system described in any one of the first aspect above is realized. Flow of the sensor control method.
- the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed by an electronic device, the near-light optical system described in any one of the third aspect above is realized. Flow of the sensor control method.
- an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer program, where the computer program includes instructions, when the computer program is executed by an electronic device, so that a host can execute the proximity light sensor described in any one of the first aspect above The flow of the control method.
- an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer program, where the computer program includes instructions, when the computer program is executed by an electronic device, the host can execute the proximity light sensor described in any one of the third aspect above The flow of the control method.
- FIG. 1A is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 1B is a block diagram of a software structure of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 2A is a schematic diagram of a positional relationship among sensors, buttons, and a display screen on an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 2B is an exemplary user interface for an application menu on an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an interface for some users to set a proximity light sensing mode according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 4 shows a flow of a method for controlling a proximity light sensor provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 5A is a user interface of a “call” application on some electronic devices such as smart phones according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram of some users turning off the screen through the power button 190b during a call according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 5C is a schematic diagram of a user interface in which some users switch a call application to the background during a call according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 5D is a schematic diagram of a user interface in which some users run a call application together with other applications in the foreground during a call according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 5E is a schematic diagram of a user interface in which some users receive a new incoming call during a call according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- 6A-6C are schematic interface diagrams of voice calls and voice messages in some WeChat applications provided by embodiments of the present invention.
- FIGS. 7A-7B are schematic diagrams of some users during a call according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another method for controlling a proximity light sensor according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 9A is a schematic flowchart of another method for controlling a proximity light sensor according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 9B is a schematic diagram of an interface for switching between some AOD states and screen off according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- 10A is a schematic diagram of a timing waveform of a near-optical multi-pulse working mode in an off-screen state according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 10B is a schematic diagram of a timing waveform of a near-light high current working mode in an off-screen state according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 10C is a schematic diagram of a timing waveform of a working mode with near-optical length and pulse width in an off-screen state according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- a component may be, but is not limited to, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer.
- an application running on a computing device and the computing device may be components.
- One or more components may reside within a process and/or thread of execution, and a component may be localized on one computer and/or distributed between 2 or more computers.
- these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
- a component may, for example, be based on a signal having one or more data packets (eg, data from two components interacting with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet interacting with other systems via signals) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
- data packets eg, data from two components interacting with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet interacting with other systems via signals
- Electrostatic discharge Electrostatic Static Discharge, ESD refers to the charge transfer caused by objects with different electrostatic potentials approaching or directly contacting each other.
- OLED Organic Light Emitting Diode
- OLED also known as organic electric laser display, organic light emitting semiconductor.
- OLED belongs to a current-type organic light-emitting device, which is a phenomenon of luminescence caused by the injection and recombination of carriers, and the luminous intensity is proportional to the injected current.
- the holes generated by the anode and the electrons generated by the cathode will move, injected into the hole transport layer and the electron transport layer, respectively, and migrate to the light-emitting layer.
- energy excitons are generated, thereby exciting the light-emitting molecules and finally producing visible light.
- VSELs Vertical cavity surface emitting lasers
- Edge-fired edge-fired lasers are different.
- Pulse width is the abbreviation of pulse width. Different fields have different meanings of pulse width.
- the usual pulse width refers to the period during which the pulse can reach the maximum value in the field of electronics.
- the technical problems to be solved by this application are further analyzed.
- the low emission power pulse light source and the high sensitivity receiver are used to realize the acquisition of the proximity light signal under the full screen, and the infrared light intensity reflected by the infrared receiver is used to judge the proximity of the object. When it is close to a certain distance, it will report the proximity status.
- the infrared light emitted by the infrared emitter is prone to produce bright spots in the area where the infrared light illuminates the OLED display screen, and the apparent degree depends on the emission power of the light source.
- the transmittance of the OLED display to infrared light (for example, the transmittance of infrared light and the transmittance of infrared light are both about 4%), it may result in a small amount of energy detected by the infrared receiver, that is, a small amount of signal.
- the infrared light far away from the signal to noise ratio is small, and then the far distance (ie the bright screen distance threshold in this application) is short, and the difference between the close distance (ie the screen off distance threshold in the present application) and the far distance is small.
- the mobile phone is prone to repeatedly turning on and off the screen when answering a call at a close distance from the face.
- the distance of distance means that when the proximity light sensor detects that the distance between the user and the display screen is greater than the distance, it will report that the user is in a distant state
- the proximity distance means that the proximity light sensor is detecting
- the proximity signal-to-noise ratio of infrared light is defined as the signal difference between the proximity distance and the noise floor divided by the noise fluctuation
- the distance of the infrared light away is defined as the difference between the signal distance and the noise floor divided by the noise fluctuation.
- the noise floor is the raw data (Pdata) value in the unobstructed state of the proximity light sensor.
- the signal-to-noise ratio is less than or equal to 1
- the change amount of the approaching light signal of the approaching or moving away action is submerged in the noise fluctuation, and the approaching light detector (infrared receiver) cannot distinguish the approaching or moving away action, resulting in the mobile phone not being able to approach and leave according to the predetermined approach.
- Distance to achieve screen-off or screen-on function is the raw data (Pdata) value in the unobstructed state of the proximity light sensor.
- the specific performance is that the user can't turn off the screen when approaching the mobile phone or the user can't brighten the screen when the user is far away from the mobile phone; when the signal-to-noise ratio is greater than 1, the change amount of the approaching light signal of the approaching or moving away action can be distinguished from the noise fluctuation, and the mobile phone can only press the predetermined approach distance. , The screen off and bright screen functions are realized far away, and the greater the signal-to-noise ratio, the higher the success rate.
- the technical problems to be solved in this application specifically include the following aspects: how to solve the problem of far-from-signal-to-noise comparison of detection on the premise of solving the bright spot flicker in the display screen in the optical solution of the proximity sensor in the full screen Small, resulting in a short distance away and a small difference between the close distance and the far distance, causing the user to repeatedly turn on and off the screen when answering calls (including instant voice communication or non-instant voice communication, etc.) through the mobile phone.
- FIG. 1A shows a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100 .
- the electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charge management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2 , mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, buttons 190, motor 191, indicator 192, 3D camera module 193, display screen 194, and a subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195 and so on.
- SIM subscriber identification module
- the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180G, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light. Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
- the structures illustrated in the embodiments of the present invention do not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100 .
- the electronic device 100 may include more or less components than shown, or combine some components, or separate some components, or arrange different components.
- the illustrated components may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
- the processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example, the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a graphics processing unit (graphics processing unit, GPU) , neural-network processing unit (NPU), modem processor, image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor) processor, DSP), baseband processor, etc. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
- electronic device 100 may also include one or more processors 110 . Further, the processor 100 may also be implemented as a System on Chip (SoC).
- SoC System on Chip
- the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 100 .
- the controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction operation code and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
- a memory may also be provided in the processor 110 for storing instructions and data.
- the memory in processor 110 is cache memory. This memory may hold instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110 . If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thereby improving the efficiency of the electronic device 100 .
- the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
- the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transceiver (universal asynchronous transmitter) receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and / or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
- I2C integrated circuit
- I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
- PCM pulse code modulation
- PCM pulse code modulation
- UART universal asynchronous transceiver
- MIPI mobile industry processor interface
- GPIO general-purpose input/output
- SIM subscriber identity module
- USB universal serial bus
- the I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus that includes a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (SCL).
- the processor 110 may contain multiple sets of I2C buses.
- the processor 110 can be respectively coupled to the touch sensor 180K, the charger, the flash, the 3D camera module 193 and the like through different I2C bus interfaces.
- the processor 110 may couple the touch sensor 180K through the I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate with each other through the I2C bus interface, so as to realize the touch function of the electronic device 100 .
- the I2S interface can be used for audio communication.
- the processor 110 may contain multiple sets of I2S buses.
- the processor 110 may be coupled with the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170 .
- the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through a Bluetooth headset.
- the PCM interface can also be used for audio communications, sampling, quantizing and encoding analog signals.
- the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface.
- the audio module 170 can also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
- the UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication.
- the bus may be a bidirectional communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication.
- a UART interface is typically used to connect the processor 110 with the wireless communication module 160 .
- the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to implement the Bluetooth function.
- the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through the Bluetooth headset.
- the MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with peripheral devices such as the display screen 194 and the 3D camera module 193 .
- MIPI interfaces include camera serial interface (CSI), display serial interface (DSI), etc.
- the processor 110 communicates with the 3D camera module 193 through a CSI interface to implement the camera function of the electronic device 100 .
- the processor 110 communicates with the display screen 194 through the DSI interface to implement the display function of the electronic device 100 .
- the GPIO interface can be configured by software.
- the GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal.
- the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the 3D camera module 193 , the display screen 194 , the wireless communication module 160 , the audio module 170 , the sensor module 180 and the like.
- the GPIO interface can also be configured as I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
- the USB interface 130 is an interface that conforms to the USB standard specification, and may specifically be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and the like.
- the USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 100, and can also be used to transmit data between the electronic device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones to play audio through the headphones.
- the interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
- the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100 .
- the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection manners in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection manners.
- the charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger.
- the charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
- the charging management module 140 may receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 .
- the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through a wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100 . While the charging management module 140 charges the battery 142 , it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 141 .
- the power management module 141 is used for connecting the battery 142 , the charging management module 140 and the processor 110 .
- the power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the external memory, the display screen 194, the 3D camera module 193, and the wireless communication module 160.
- the power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, battery health status (leakage, impedance).
- the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110 .
- the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be provided in the same device.
- the wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 may be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modulation and demodulation processor, the baseband processor, and the like.
- Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
- Each antenna in electronic device 100 may be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization.
- the antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of the wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
- the mobile communication module 150 may provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G etc. applied on the electronic device 100 .
- the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA) and the like.
- the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves from the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to the modulation and demodulation processor for demodulation.
- the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modulation and demodulation processor, and then turn it into an electromagnetic wave for radiation through the antenna 1 .
- at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110 .
- at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the same device as at least part of the modules of the processor 110 .
- the modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
- the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal.
- the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low frequency baseband signal.
- the demodulator then transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
- the low frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor and passed to the application processor.
- the application processor outputs sound signals through audio devices (not limited to the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, etc.), or displays images or videos through the display screen 194 .
- the modem processor may be a stand-alone device.
- the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110, and may be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
- the wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), global navigation satellites Wireless communication solutions such as global navigation satellite system (GNSS), frequency modulation (FM), near field communication (NFC), and infrared technology (IR).
- WLAN wireless local area networks
- BT Bluetooth
- GNSS global navigation satellite system
- FM frequency modulation
- NFC near field communication
- IR infrared technology
- the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
- the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 .
- the wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110 , perform frequency modulation on it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation through the antenna 2 .
- the wireless communication module 160 may include a Bluetooth module, a Wi-Fi module, and the
- the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled with the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
- the wireless communication technologies may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), Time Division Code Division Multiple Access (TD-SCDMA), Long Term Evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc.
- the GNSS may include a global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), a global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), a Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), a quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite based augmentation systems (SBAS).
- GPS global positioning system
- GLONASS global navigation satellite system
- BDS Beidou navigation satellite system
- QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
- SBAS satellite based augmentation systems
- the electronic device 100 can implement a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
- the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor.
- the GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
- Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute instructions to generate or change display information.
- Display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, and the like.
- Display screen 194 includes a display panel.
- the display panel can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode or an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light).
- LED diode AMOLED
- flexible light-emitting diode flexible light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (quantum dot light emitting diodes, QLED) and so on.
- the electronic device 100 may include one or N display screens 194 , where N is a positive integer greater than one.
- the electronic device 100 can realize the camera function through the 3D camera module 193, the ISP, the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 194, the application processor AP, the neural network processor NPU, and the like.
- the 3D camera module 193 can be used to collect color image data and depth data of the photographed object.
- the ISP can be used to process the color image data collected by the 3D camera module 193 .
- the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the camera photosensitive element through the lens, the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the camera photosensitive element transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye.
- ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, and skin tone. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene.
- the ISP may be provided in the 3D camera module 193 .
- the 3D camera module 193 may be composed of a color camera module and a 3D sensing module.
- the photosensitive element of the camera of the color camera module may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
- CCD charge coupled device
- CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
- the photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
- the ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing.
- DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats of image signals.
- the 3D sensing module may be a time of flight (TOF) 3D sensing module or a structured light (structured light) 3D sensing module.
- the structured light 3D sensing is an active depth sensing technology, and the basic components of the structured light 3D sensing module may include an infrared (Infrared) emitter, an IR camera module, and the like.
- the working principle of the structured light 3D sensing module is to first emit a light spot of a specific pattern on the object to be photographed, and then receive the light coding of the light spot pattern on the surface of the object, and then compare the similarities and differences with the original projected light spot. And use the principle of trigonometry to calculate the three-dimensional coordinates of the object.
- the three-dimensional coordinates include the distance between the electronic device 100 and the object to be photographed.
- TOF 3D sensing is also an active depth sensing technology, and the basic components of the TOF 3D sensing module may include an infrared (Infrared) transmitter, an IR camera module, and the like.
- the working principle of the TOF 3D sensing module is to calculate the distance (ie depth) between the TOF 3D sensing module and the object to be photographed through the time of infrared reentry to obtain a 3D depth map.
- Structured light 3D sensing modules can also be used in face recognition, somatosensory game consoles, industrial machine vision detection and other fields.
- TOF 3D sensing modules can also be applied to game consoles, augmented reality (AR)/virtual reality (VR) and other fields.
- AR augmented reality
- VR virtual reality
- the 3D camera module 193 may also be composed of two or more cameras.
- the two or more cameras may include color cameras, and the color cameras may be used to collect color image data of the photographed object.
- the two or more cameras may use stereo vision technology to collect depth data of the photographed object.
- Stereoscopic vision technology is based on the principle of human eye parallax. Under natural light sources, two or more cameras are used to capture images of the same object from different angles, and then operations such as triangulation are performed to obtain the electronic device 100 and the object. The distance information between the objects, that is, the depth information.
- the electronic device 100 may include one or N 3D camera modules 193 , where N is a positive integer greater than one.
- the electronic device 100 may include a front 3D camera module 193 and a rear 3D camera module 193 .
- the front 3D camera module 193 can usually be used to collect the color image data and depth data of the photographer facing the display screen 194, and the rear 3D camera module can be used to collect the shooting objects (such as people) that the photographer faces. , landscape, etc.) color image data and depth data.
- the CPU or GPU or NPU in the processor 110 may process the color image data and depth data collected by the 3D camera module 193 .
- the NPU can recognize the color images collected by the 3D camera module 193 (specifically, the color camera module) through a neural network algorithm based on the skeletal point recognition technology, such as a convolutional neural network algorithm (CNN). data to determine the skeletal points of the person being photographed.
- CNN convolutional neural network algorithm
- the CPU or GPU can also run the neural network algorithm to realize the determination of the skeletal points of the photographed person according to the color image data.
- the CPU, GPU or NPU can also be used to confirm the body of the person being photographed (eg body proportion, the fatness and thinness of the body parts between the skeleton points), and can further determine the body beautification parameters for the photographed person, and finally process the photographed image of the photographed person according to the body beautification parameters, so that the shooting The image of the subject's body shape is beautified. Subsequent embodiments will introduce in detail how to perform body beautification processing on the image of the photographed person based on the color image data and depth data collected by the 3D camera module 193 , which will not be described here.
- a digital signal processor is used to process digital signals, in addition to processing digital image signals, it can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the frequency point energy and so on.
- Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
- the electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs.
- the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in various encoding formats, such as: Moving Picture Experts Group (moving picture experts group, MPEG)-1, MPEG-2, MPEG-3, MPEG-4 and so on.
- MPEG Moving Picture Experts Group
- the NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor.
- NN neural-network
- Applications such as intelligent cognition of the electronic device 100 can be implemented through the NPU, such as image recognition, face recognition, speech recognition, text understanding, and the like.
- the external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100 .
- the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to realize the data storage function. For example, save data such as music, photos, videos, etc. in an external memory card.
- Internal memory 121 may be used to store one or more computer programs including instructions.
- the processor 110 can execute the above-mentioned instructions stored in the internal memory 121, thereby causing the electronic device 100 to execute the method for photographing and previewing the electronic device provided in some embodiments of the present application, as well as various functional applications and data processing.
- the internal memory 121 may include a storage program area and a storage data area. Wherein, the stored program area may store the operating system; the stored program area may also store one or more application programs (such as gallery, contacts, etc.) and the like.
- the storage data area may store data (such as photos, contacts, etc.) created during the use of the electronic device 100 .
- the internal memory 121 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (UFS), and the like.
- the electronic device 100 may implement audio functions through an audio module 170, a speaker 170A, a receiver 170B, a microphone 170C, an earphone interface 170D, an application processor, and the like. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
- the audio module 170 is used for converting digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and also for converting analog audio input into digital audio signal. Audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110 , or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110 .
- Speaker 170A also referred to as a "speaker" is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
- the electronic device 100 can listen to music through the speaker 170A, or listen to a hands-free call.
- the receiver 170B also referred to as "earpiece" is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
- the voice can be answered by placing the receiver 170B close to the human ear.
- the microphone 170C also called “microphone” or “microphone” is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
- the user can make a sound by approaching the microphone 170C through a human mouth, and input the sound signal into the microphone 170C.
- the electronic device 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which can implement a noise reduction function in addition to collecting sound signals. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may further be provided with three, four or more microphones 170C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and implement directional recording functions.
- the earphone jack 170D is used to connect wired earphones.
- the earphone interface 170D can be the USB interface 130, or can be a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, a cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.
- OMTP open mobile terminal platform
- CTIA cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA
- the pressure sensor 180A is used to sense pressure signals, and can convert the pressure signals into electrical signals.
- the pressure sensor 180A may be provided on the display screen 194 .
- the capacitive pressure sensor may be comprised of at least two parallel plates of conductive material. When a force is applied to the pressure sensor 180A, the capacitance between the electrodes changes.
- the electronic device 100 determines the intensity of the pressure according to the change in capacitance. When a touch operation acts on the display screen 194, the electronic device 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A.
- the electronic device 100 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A.
- touch operations acting on the same touch position but with different touch operation intensities may correspond to different operation instructions. For example, when a touch operation whose intensity is less than the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, the instruction for viewing the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, the instruction to create a new short message is executed.
- the gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the motion attitude of the electronic device 100 .
- the angular velocity of electronic device 100 about three axes ie, x, y, and z axes
- the gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization.
- the gyro sensor 180B detects the shaking angle of the electronic device 100, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to offset the shaking of the electronic device 100 through reverse motion to achieve anti-shake.
- the gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenarios.
- the air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure.
- the electronic device 100 calculates the altitude through the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist in positioning and navigation.
- the magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor.
- the electronic device 100 can detect the opening and closing of the flip holster using the magnetic sensor 180D.
- the electronic device 100 can detect the opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 180D. Further, according to the detected opening and closing state of the leather case or the opening and closing state of the flip cover, characteristics such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
- the acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes).
- the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected when the electronic device 100 is stationary. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and can be used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, etc.
- the electronic device 100 can measure the distance through infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device 100 can use the distance sensor 180F to measure the distance to achieve fast focusing.
- Proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, light emitting diodes (LEDs) and light detectors, such as photodiodes.
- the light emitting diodes may be infrared light emitting diodes.
- the electronic device 100 emits infrared light to the outside through the light emitting diode.
- Electronic device 100 uses photodiodes to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the electronic device 100 . When insufficient reflected light is detected, the electronic device 100 may determine that there is no object near the electronic device 100 .
- the electronic device 100 can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user holds the electronic device 100 close to the ear to talk, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power.
- Proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in holster mode, pocket mode automatically unlocks and locks the screen.
- the ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense ambient light brightness.
- the electronic device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived ambient light brightness.
- the ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures.
- the ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the electronic device 100 is in a pocket, so as to prevent accidental touch.
- the fingerprint sensor 180G is used to collect fingerprints.
- the electronic device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to realize fingerprint unlocking, accessing application locks, taking pictures with fingerprints, answering incoming calls with fingerprints, and the like.
- the temperature sensor 180J is used to detect the temperature.
- the electronic device 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to execute a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds a threshold value, the electronic device 100 reduces the performance of the processor located near the temperature sensor 180J in order to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection.
- the electronic device 100 when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 heats the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the electronic device 100 caused by the low temperature.
- the electronic device 100 boosts the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
- the touch sensor 180K may also be referred to as a touch panel or a touch sensitive surface.
- the touch sensor 180K may be disposed on the display screen 194 , and the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, also called a “touch screen”.
- the touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation on or near it.
- the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
- Visual output related to touch operations may be provided through display screen 194 .
- the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100 , which is different from the location where the display screen 194 is located.
- the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals.
- the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice.
- the bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the pulse of the human body and receive the blood pressure beating signal.
- the bone conduction sensor 180M can also be disposed in the earphone, combined with the bone conduction earphone.
- the audio module 170 can analyze the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vocal vibration bone block obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, so as to realize the voice function.
- the application processor can analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beat signal obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the function of heart rate detection.
- the keys 190 include a power-on key, a volume key, and the like. Keys 190 may be mechanical keys. It can also be a touch key.
- the electronic device 100 may receive key inputs and generate key signal inputs related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100 .
- Motor 191 can generate vibrating cues.
- the motor 191 can be used for vibrating alerts for incoming calls, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback.
- touch operations acting on different applications can correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
- the motor 191 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects for touch operations on different areas of the display screen 194 .
- Different application scenarios for example: time reminder, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.
- the touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
- the indicator 192 can be an indicator light, which can be used to indicate the charging state, the change of the power, and can also be used to indicate a message, a missed call, a notification, and the like.
- the SIM card interface 195 is used to connect a SIM card.
- the SIM card can be contacted and separated from the electronic device 100 by inserting into the SIM card interface 195 or pulling out from the SIM card interface 195 .
- the electronic device 100 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- the SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM card, Micro SIM card, SIM card and so on. Multiple cards can be inserted into the same SIM card interface 195 at the same time. The types of the plurality of cards may be the same or different.
- the SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards.
- the SIM card interface 195 is also compatible with external memory cards.
- the electronic device 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as call and data communication.
- the electronic device 100 employs an eSIM, ie: an embedded SIM card.
- the eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 100 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 100 .
- the electronic device 100 exemplarily shown in FIG. 1A may display various user interfaces described in various embodiments below through the display screen 194 .
- the electronic device 100 can detect a touch operation in each user interface through the touch sensor 180K, for example, a click operation (such as a touch operation on an icon, a double-click operation) in each user interface, and, for example, an up or down operation in each user interface. Swipe down, perform a circle gesture, etc.
- the electronic device 100 may detect a motion gesture performed by the user holding the electronic device 100, such as shaking the electronic device, through the gyro sensor 180B, the acceleration sensor 180E, and the like.
- the electronic device 100 can detect non-touch gesture operations through the 3D camera module 193 (eg, a 3D camera, a depth camera).
- the software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud architecture.
- the embodiment of the present invention takes an Android system with a layered architecture as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100 as an example.
- FIG. 1B is a block diagram of a software structure of an electronic device 100 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Layers communicate with each other through software interfaces.
- the Android system is divided into four layers, which are, from top to bottom, an application layer, an application framework layer, an Android runtime (Android runtime) and a system library, and a kernel layer.
- the application layer can include a series of application packages.
- the application package may include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, short message, etc.
- the application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer.
- the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
- the application framework layer may include window managers, content providers, view systems, telephony managers, resource managers, notification managers, and the like.
- a window manager is used to manage window programs.
- the window manager can get the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, take screenshots, etc.
- Content providers are used to store and retrieve data and make these data accessible to applications.
- the data may include video, images, audio, calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone book, etc.
- the view system includes visual controls, such as controls for displaying text, controls for displaying pictures, and so on. View systems can be used to build applications.
- a display interface can consist of one or more views.
- the display interface including the short message notification icon may include a view for displaying text and a view for displaying pictures.
- the phone manager is used to provide the communication function of the electronic device 100 .
- the management of call status including connecting, hanging up, etc.).
- the resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localization strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files and so on.
- the notification manager enables applications to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and can disappear automatically after a brief pause without user interaction. For example, the notification manager is used to notify download completion, message reminders, etc.
- the notification manager can also display notifications in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of graphs or scroll bar text, such as notifications of applications running in the background, and notifications on the screen in the form of dialog windows. For example, text information is prompted in the status bar, a prompt sound is issued, the electronic device vibrates, and the indicator light flashes.
- Android Runtime includes core libraries and a virtual machine. Android runtime is responsible for scheduling and management of the Android system.
- the core library consists of two parts: one is the function functions that the java language needs to call, and the other is the core library of Android.
- the application layer and the application framework layer run in virtual machines.
- the virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and the application framework layer as binary files.
- the virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object lifecycle management, stack management, thread management, safety and exception management, and garbage collection.
- a system library can include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media Libraries), 3D graphics processing library (eg: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (eg: SGL), etc.
- surface manager surface manager
- media library Media Libraries
- 3D graphics processing library eg: OpenGL ES
- 2D graphics engine eg: SGL
- the Surface Manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides a fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
- the media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files.
- the media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, G.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
- the 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, compositing, and layer processing.
- 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
- the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
- the kernel layer contains at least display drivers, camera drivers, audio drivers, and sensor drivers.
- the software system shown in FIG. 1B involves application presentation (such as gallery, file manager) using sharing capability, instant sharing module providing sharing capability, print service and print spooler providing printing capability , and the application framework layer provides printing framework, WLAN services, Bluetooth services, and the kernel and the bottom layer provide WLAN Bluetooth capabilities and basic communication protocols.
- application presentation such as gallery, file manager
- instant sharing module providing sharing capability
- print service and print spooler providing printing capability
- application framework layer provides printing framework, WLAN services, Bluetooth services
- the kernel and the bottom layer provide WLAN Bluetooth capabilities and basic communication protocols.
- a corresponding hardware interrupt is sent to the kernel layer.
- the kernel layer processes touch operations into raw input events (including touch coordinates, timestamps of touch operations, etc.).
- Raw input events are stored at the kernel layer.
- the application framework layer obtains the original input event from the kernel layer, and identifies the control corresponding to the input event. Take the operation as a touch operation, and the control corresponding to the touch operation is the control of the camera application icon as an example, the camera application calls the interface of the application framework layer to start the camera application, and then starts the camera driver by calling the kernel layer. 193 Capture still images or video.
- FIG. 2A exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of the positional relationship between sensors, buttons, and a display screen on the electronic device 100 .
- the electronic device 100 may be configured with a 3D camera module 193 (which may include multiple cameras).
- the camera module 193 can be disposed at the top of the electronic device 100 , such as the “bangs” position of the electronic device 100 (ie, the area AA shown in FIG. 2A ).
- the area AA may also include an illuminator 197 (not shown in FIG. 1A and FIG. 2A ), a speaker 170A, an ambient light sensor 180L, and the like.
- the back of the electronic device 100 may also be configured with a 3D camera module 193 and an illuminator 197 .
- the proximity light sensor may be located anywhere in the display screen 194 of the electronic device 100 except for the area AA (in FIG. 2A , 180G is set at the central position under the display screen 194 ), that is, the user passes the display screen through the display screen.
- the 194 cannot directly see the proximity light sensor 180G because it is placed under the display.
- the buttons 190 disposed on the side of the electronic device 100 may include a volume button 190a and a power button 190b.
- the electronic device 100 may receive key inputs and generate key signal inputs related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100 .
- FIG. 2B exemplarily shows an exemplary user interface 21 on the electronic device 100 for the application menu.
- the user can light up the display screen by pressing the power key 190 , and after unlocking the display screen 194 , enter the user interface 21 , the user interface 21 may include: a status bar 201 , a calendar indicator 202 , and a weather indicator 203 , a program icon display area 204, a tray 205 with icons of frequently used applications, where:
- the status bar 201 may include one or more signal strength indicators of the mobile communication signal (also referred to as cellular signal), an indicator of the operator of the mobile communication signal, a time indicator, a battery status indicator, and the like.
- Calendar indicator 202 may be used to indicate the current time, such as date, day of the week, hour and minute information, and the like.
- the weather indicator 203 may be used to indicate the weather type, such as cloudy to sunny, light rain, etc., and may also be used to indicate information such as temperature.
- Program icon display area 204 for example: QQ icon, mailbox icon, gallery icon 216, Alipay icon, notepad icon 217, music icon, WeChat icon, settings icon 218, camera icon 220.
- User interface 21 may also include a page indicator (not shown in Figure 2B).
- Other application icons can be distributed across multiple pages, and a page indicator can be used to indicate which page of the application the user is currently browsing. Users can swipe left and right in the area of other application icons to browse application icons in other pages.
- a tray 205 with icons of frequently used applications may display: phone icons, contact icons, short message icons, and the like.
- the main interface may further include a navigation bar (not shown in FIG. 2B ), which may include system navigation keys such as a return button, a home screen (Gome screen) button, and a call-out task history button.
- system navigation keys such as a return button, a home screen (Gome screen) button, and a call-out task history button.
- the electronic device 100 may display the previous page of the current page.
- the electronic device 100 may display the home interface.
- the electronic device 100 may display the tasks recently opened by the user.
- the names of the navigation keys may also be other, which is not limited in this application. Not limited to virtual keys, each navigation key in the navigation bar can also be implemented as a physical key.
- the user interface 21 exemplarily shown in FIG. 2B may be the Gome screen.
- the electronic device 100 may also include a home screen key.
- the home screen key can be a physical key or a virtual key.
- the home screen key can be used to receive an instruction from the user and return the currently displayed UI to the home interface, so that it is convenient for the user to view the home screen at any time.
- the above instruction may be an operation instruction for the user to press the home screen key once, or an operation instruction for the user to press the home screen key twice in a short period of time, or the user presses the home screen key for a predetermined period of time. operation instructions.
- the home screen key may further integrate a fingerprint reader, so that when the home screen key is pressed, fingerprint collection and identification are subsequently performed.
- FIG. 2A and FIG. 2B only exemplarily show the distribution positions of some components on the electronic device 100 and the user interface, and should not constitute a limitation to the embodiments of the present application.
- the processor 110 in the electronic device 100 monitors whether a preset bright screen condition or screen off condition is detected according to the current on/off state of the display screen 194, If it is not detected, according to the target distance between the user and the display screen 194 detected by the proximity light sensor 180G, the on/off of the display screen 194 and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor 180G are controlled.
- the target distance between the user and the display screen 194 is detected by the proximity light sensor 180G; when the display screen 194 is in the bright screen state, if the first preset condition (for example, the display screen 194) is not detected If the target distance is smaller than the screen-on distance threshold, control the display screen 194 to enter the screen-off state, and adjust the proximity light sensor The transmission power of 180G to the second transmission power; when the display screen 194 is in the off-screen state, if the second preset condition (such as a bright screen operation with higher priority, etc.) is not detected, it is further judged whether the target distance is greater than Bright-screen distance threshold; if the target distance is greater than the bright-screen distance threshold, the display screen 194 is controlled to enter the bright-screen state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is adjusted to the first transmit power; wherein the bright-screen distance threshold is greater than all the screen-off distance threshold; the second transmit power is greater than the first transmit power.
- the first preset condition for example, the display screen 194
- the emission power of the proximity light sensor is low when the screen is bright, which avoids the occurrence of bright spots and flickering on the display screen when the screen is bright due to the high emission power of the proximity photo sensor. Defects, and since the distance between the user and the display screen that the electronic device needs to be monitored by the proximity light sensor when the screen is on is short (because the screen-off distance threshold or the proximity distance is a short distance), the proximity light sensor monitoring can be guaranteed.
- the emission power of the proximity light sensor is higher when the screen is off, and the difference in emission power between the proximity light sensor when the screen is bright and the screen is off is large, it can detect a farther distance and ensure that The large difference between the close distance and the far distance solves the problem of the electronic device repeatedly turning on and off the screen during a call due to the short distance distance and the small difference between the close distance and the far distance. It can not only help users save power consumption and prevent users from accidentally touching, but also greatly improve the user experience during a call.
- the user can first perform personalized settings for the proximity light sensing mode function in the process of using the electronic device.
- the setting for enabling the proximity light sensing mode function can be performed for multiple application programs currently installed on the electronic device (such as call, WeChat, QQ, video, Taobao, music, etc.).
- the above-mentioned proximity light sensing mode function may be set by the operating system of the electronic device 100 by default when it leaves the factory, or may be automatically judged or statistically obtained according to the frequency of the user using the application to answer voice calls, or it may be obtained by the user. set to your liking. For example, the user can set up frequently used voice calling applications, or applications that the user wishes to enhance the experience.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an interface for some users to set a proximity light sensing mode according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the user interface 31 may be an interface after the user unlocks the electronic device, and the user interface 31 may be the above-mentioned user interface 21 .
- the electronic device 100 may detect a touch operation (eg, a click operation on the icon 301 ) acting on the set icon 301 through the touch sensor 180K, and in response to the operation, the user interface 32 exemplarily shown in FIG. 3 may be displayed.
- a touch operation eg, a click operation on the icon 301
- the user interface 32 exemplarily shown in FIG. 3 may be displayed.
- the user interface 32 may be a user interface for "setting" the functions of the electronic device 100, and may be used for the user to set related functions, such as network setting, account setting, battery setting, intelligent auxiliary setting, and the like.
- the electronic device 100 can detect a touch operation (eg, a click operation on the icon 302 ) acting on the icon 302 of the smart assistance, in response to the operation, the user interface 33 exemplarily shown in FIG. 3 can be displayed.
- the user interface 33 may include, for example, switch controls 303 of the telephone, The switch control 304, The switch control 305, the music switch control 306, etc., the above-mentioned controls are used to turn on or off the "proximity light sensing mode" for each application.
- the app will turn on the screen when the user is close to the mobile phone (and reduce the proximity light sensing transmit power to avoid bright spots), and turn off the screen when the user is far away from the mobile phone (and Increase the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to prevent false touches), save power consumption, prevent false touches, and improve user experience.” It can be understood that when the proximity light sensing mode function is turned off, the application will not turn on the screen when the user is close to the phone, and will not turn off the screen when the user is away from the phone.
- the electronic device 100 detects a touch operation (such as a click operation on the icons 303 and 305 ) acting on the switch control 303 of the phone and the switch control 305 of WeChat, the electronic device is turned on (ON) in the background in response to the operation. ) up the phone and "Proximity Light Sensing Mode" function. That is, when the switch controls 303 and 305 are in the ON state, the electronic device 100 will After the application is launched, the function of the proximity sensor is activated. Specifically, start the call function and function in the phone application. After the application activates the voice calling function, the phone and the The application can trigger the automatic sensing of the screen on and off function during the user's use. In specific circumstances, the user can set according to their own usage habits or needs to enable the above-mentioned automatic sensing on and off screen functions, which will not be listed here.
- FIG. 4 shows a flow of a method for controlling a proximity light sensor provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
- the method is applied to any of the above electronic devices.
- the method flow mainly describes the method steps on the electronic device side, and the method may include:
- S301 The electronic device receives the first call request, and connects the call (the call starts).
- the electronic device 100 may display the user interface 51 exemplarily shown in FIG. 5A in response to the incoming call.
- FIG. 5A exemplarily shows a user interface 51 and a user interface 52 of a "call" application on an electronic device such as a smart phone.
- the user interface 51 may include a caller information bar 510 (such as the caller’s name, the location of the caller’s number, the operator it belongs to, etc.) and a reject control 511 and an answer control 512.
- the answer control 512 When the user wants to answer the call During a call, the answer control 512 can be clicked, and when the user wants to reject the incoming call, the rejection control 511 can be clicked.
- the electronic device 100 detects a touch operation (such as a click operation on the icon 401 ) acting on the answering control 512 through the touch sensor 180K, in response to the operation, the user interface 52 exemplarily shown in FIG. 5A may be displayed.
- the user interface 52 may include a call duration bar 513 (for displaying the duration of the call after the call is connected) and a call function area 514, which may include recording controls, waiting controls, add call controls, video calls, mute controls, contact
- the bottom of the user interface 52 further includes controls for common call functions, such as a dial pad 515 , a hang-up control 516 and a hands-free control 517 .
- call is a calling application on electronic devices such as smart phones and tablet computers, and this application does not limit the name of the application.
- the electronic device 100 is in the call state refers to the state after the electronic device 100 detects the touch operation on the answer control 512 and before the touch operation on the hang-up control 516 is detected. That is, after the user answers the call and before hanging up the call.
- the call state may include that the terminal electronic device is in an instant call state, and may also include that the electronic device is in a non-instant call state, that is, the call application referred to in this application may include an instant call function or a non-instant call function. in,
- Instant calling functions such as mobile calling applications, Voice calls, voice calls, etc.
- Non-instant calling functions such as, Voice messages, voice messages, etc.
- the call state of the electronic device may include all application functions that the user may need to listen to the content of the voice call or voice message close to the ear, thereby causing the electronic device 100 to repeatedly turn on and off the screen.
- S302 Control the display screen to be in bright screen state + proximity light sensing low-power working mode.
- the electronic device 100 when the incoming call is initially connected (ie, the answer control 512 has just been clicked), the user has a high probability of not approaching the display screen 194 of the electronic device 100. Therefore, when the electronic device 100 detects a In the initial situation after the touch operation, the display screen 194 needs to be in a bright state (otherwise the user cannot answer the incoming call). Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, in order to avoid the problem of bright spot flicker caused by the operation of the proximity light sensor in the bright screen state, and because the display screen 194 is in the bright screen state, the electronic device 100 needs to monitor the target distance and proximity.
- the relationship between the distances that is, to monitor whether the target distance between the user and the display screen 194 is less than the screen-off distance threshold, so the proximity light sensor 180G needs to detect and may cause the electronic device 100 to control the switching of the screen state and the proximity light emission power.
- the distance is a relatively small distance. Therefore, in this state (that is, in the initial stage after the call is turned on), the display screen is controlled to be in a bright screen state, and the proximity light sensor 180G is controlled to work in the proximity light sensing low-power working mode, which is the same as the present application. Refers to adjust to the first transmit power to work.
- the electronic device when the electronic device receives the first call request but has not been connected yet, controls the display screen to enter a bright screen state, and controls the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to be the first transmit power power. That is to say, it can be considered that in the initial stage from the time the electronic device 100 receives the first call request to the connection of the incoming call, the electronic device controls the display screen 194 to be in a bright screen state and adjusts the proximity light sensor 180G to work at the first transmit power. , and then it can be further judged by the subsequent detection conditions and the target distance, so as to decide whether to control the on/off screen and the transmit power control of the proximity light sensor.
- the display screen of the electronic device when the electronic device initially receives the first call request and the call is not connected, the display screen of the electronic device needs to be in a bright-screen state with high probability (otherwise, the call cannot be answered), therefore, At this time, in order to avoid the problem of bright spots flickering on the display screen under the bright screen due to the high power of the proximity light sensor, and also because in the bright screen state, the electronic device needs to be monitored by the proximity light sensor between the user and the display screen.
- the distance is short (because the screen-off distance threshold or the approaching distance is a short distance), so by controlling the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to be a lower first transmit power, the problem of bright spot flicker is avoided, and the Ensure the accuracy of proximity light sensor monitoring.
- S303 Determine whether the first preset condition is detected (eg, receiving a screen-off operation, detecting that the electronic device has been standing for a long time).
- the electronic device 100 monitors and determines whether the first preset condition is detected.
- the first preset condition is that the priority is higher than the condition for determining whether to turn off the screen by the target distance between the user and the display screen.
- the first preset condition may include one or more of the following:
- the electronic device 100 detects a user operation (such as a pressing operation on the button 190b) acting on the screen-off control (such as the power button 190b shown in FIG. 2A ), and in response to the operation, the electronic device 100 can further In the judging step S305, it is judged whether the distance between the user and the display screen 194 is smaller than the screen-off distance threshold, wherein the button 190b can be used to monitor the user operation that triggers the screen-on or screen-off.
- FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram of some users pressing the power button 190b to turn off the screen during a call according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the user interface 53 is a call interface after the user normally connects the phone.
- the electronic device 100 When the electronic device 100 detects the user's pressing operation on the power button 190b, the electronic device 100 controls the display screen 194 to enter the off-screen state, that is, the user interface 54, and at the same time. It is necessary to control and adjust the transmit power of the proximity light sensor 180G to a second, higher transmit power.
- the display screen of the electronic device When the display screen of the electronic device is in the bright screen state, after the user presses the button 190b, the display screen will be automatically turned off and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor will be increased.
- the key 190b may be a mechanical key or a touch key.
- the electronic device 100 detects that the electronic device itself has been left standing for a long time. For example, the electronic device 100 can determine the movement posture of the electronic device 100 through the gyro sensor 180B, and detect the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes) through the acceleration sensor 180E. If the movement posture and the acceleration in each direction are both If there is no change, and it exceeds a certain period of time, it can be determined that the electronic device 100 has been standing for a long time.
- the electronic device 100 it means that the user may not need to operate the electronic device 100 temporarily, because the display screen 194 of the electronic device 100 can be controlled to automatically turn black when the display screen 194 of the electronic device 100 is in the bright screen state, but the electronic device 100 detects that it has been standing for a long time. And increase the transmit power of the proximity light sensor 180G.
- step S306 is executed: the display screen is controlled to be in an off-screen state, and the proximity light sensing high-power working mode is controlled.
- the electronic device 100 since the first preset condition has a higher priority than the condition for determining whether to turn off the screen through the target distance between the user and the display screen 194 . Therefore, if the electronic device 100 detects the first preset condition, then regardless of whether the target distance between the user and the display screen 194 is smaller than the screen-off distance threshold, the electronic device 100 needs to control the display screen 194 to switch to the screen-off state and Adjust the transmit power of the proximity light sensor 180G to a higher power. Because, at this time, it can be determined that the user needs or has a strong intention to switch to the off-screen state, or the electronic device 100 determines that the user has a high probability that the screen is in the off-screen state under the current situation.
- the electronic device 100 may control the display screen 194 to switch to the off-screen state and adjust the transmit power of the proximity light sensor 180G to a higher power, so as to increase the distance detectable by the proximity light sensor 180G, and further prevent the User touches by mistake.
- the electronic device 100 further determines whether the target distance between the user and the display screen 194 is smaller than the screen-off distance threshold through the proximity light sensor 180G disposed under the display screen 194 .
- the screen-off distance threshold means that when the user reaches the screen-off distance threshold or is smaller than the screen-off distance threshold, the user has a high probability of approaching the display screen 194 of the electronic device 100 through the ear to pass the speaker 170A (in FIG. 2A ). shown) to answer the call. Therefore, the screen-off distance threshold refers to an average or common distance at which a user listens to a voice call or voice message through the speaker 170A.
- S305 Control the display screen to be off-screen state + proximity light sensing high-power working mode.
- the electronic device 100 may control the processor 110 The display screen 194 is switched to the off-screen state, and the proximity light sensor 180G is controlled to work at a higher second transmit power, that is, in the proximity light sensing high-power working mode.
- S306 Determine whether a second preset condition is detected (eg, receiving a screen-on operation, detecting a new message or incoming call, and exiting the call application to the background).
- the electronic device 100 monitors whether the second preset condition is detected.
- the second preset condition is that the priority is higher than the condition of determining whether to turn on the screen by the target distance between the user and the display screen.
- the second preset condition may include one or more of the following for changing from off-screen to bright-screen during a call:
- the electronic device 100 can control the display screen 194 to enter the bright screen state, and at the same time, it needs to control to adjust the transmit power of the proximity light sensor 180G to a lower first transmit power. .
- the display screen of the electronic device When the display screen of the electronic device is in the off-screen state, after the user performs some operations such as waking up, the display screen will automatically turn on the screen and reduce the transmission power of the proximity light sensor.
- the key 190b may be a mechanical key or a touch key.
- the first call state includes a hands-free call state and a free hands-free call state.
- FIG. 5C is a schematic diagram of a user interface in which some users switch a call application to the background during a call according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the user interface 55 is the call interface between the user and the caller Mary.
- the electronic device is currently in an off-screen state (not shown in FIG. 5C )
- the electronic device 100 detects the operation of switching to the background for the call application (such as an upward swipe operation from the bottom), or an operation of bringing other applications into the foreground (such as an operation of sliding other applications to the foreground) is detected, and in response to the above operation, the user interface exemplarily shown in FIG. 5C can be displayed 56.
- the switched user interface 56 includes the chat interface 562 of the WeChat application, and the call application switched to the background displayed as a shortcut icon 561 at the position of the navigation bar, and the user can return to the call interface 55 by clicking the shortcut icon 561. That is, when the electronic device 100 detects that the call application is switched to the background in the second preset condition, the display screen 194 is controlled to be in the bright screen state + the proximity light sensing low-power working mode.
- FIG. 5D is a schematic diagram of a user interface in which some users run a call application together with other applications in the foreground during a call according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the user interface 57 is the call interface between the user and the caller Mary.
- the electronic device is currently in an off-screen state (not shown in FIG. 5D )
- the user interface 58 exemplarily shown in FIG. 5D may be displayed, and the user interface is divided into split screen 581 and split screen 582 in the user interface 58 .
- the electronic device 100 detects the condition of running applications other than the calling application in the foreground among the second preset conditions, and controls the display screen to be in the bright screen state + the proximity light sensing low-power working mode.
- the screen is on.
- the electronic device 100 detects a new incoming call or a new message through the mobile communication module 150 or the wireless communication module 160 .
- the electronic device 100 may control the bright screen.
- FIG. 5E is a schematic diagram of a user interface in which some users receive a new incoming call during a call according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the user interface 59 is the current call between the user and the caller Mary.
- the electronic device 100 receives the new call from the first call requester David through the mobile communication module 150, and responds to the new call detected by the mobile communication module 150.
- the user interface 510 exemplarily shown in FIG. 5E may be displayed.
- the user can end Mary's call and answer David's call by clicking end and answer control 5101, or directly reject David's call by rejecting control 5102, or click hold and answer control 5103 to hold the call with Mary and answer David's call.
- Wei's phone That is, when the electronic device detects a new incoming call in the second preset condition at this time, it controls the display screen to be in a bright screen state + a low-power working mode of proximity light sensing.
- the call state of the present application may include instant call state and non-instant call
- the corresponding call application may include a mobile call application, and may also include a network call application and the like.
- FIG. 6A-FIG. 6C they are schematic interface diagrams of voice calls and voice messages in some WeChat applications provided by embodiments of the present invention.
- the user interface 61 may include a voice call information bar 611 (such as the name of the voice originator), a reject control 612 and an answer control 613.
- a voice call information bar 611 such as the name of the voice originator
- a reject control 612 When the user wants to answer the voice call, he can use the Click the answer control 613 , when the user wants to reject the incoming call, he can do so by clicking the reject control 612 .
- the electronic device 100 detects a touch operation (eg, a click operation on the icon 613 ) acting on the answering control 613 through the touch sensor 180K, in response to the operation, the user interface 62 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6A may be displayed.
- a touch operation eg, a click operation on the icon 613
- the user interface 62 may include a voice duration bar 614 (for displaying the duration of a call after connecting a voice call) and controls for common call functions such as: mute control 615 , hang up control 616 , and hands-free control 517 .
- voice duration bar 614 for displaying the duration of a call after connecting a voice call
- controls for common call functions such as: mute control 615 , hang up control 616 , and hands-free control 517 .
- the user interface 64 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6A may be displayed.
- the user interface 64 may include a chat interface 620 of the switched WeChat application, and a call application switched to the background displayed as a shortcut icon 619 in the area of the chat interface 620, and the user can return to the voice call interface 63 by clicking on the icon 619.
- the display screen 194 is controlled to be in the bright screen state + the proximity light sensing low-power working mode.
- the relevant description of the mobile call in FIG. 5C in the foregoing embodiment which will not be repeated here.
- the user interface 65 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6C may be displayed.
- the user interface 65 contains voice messages 651 available for listening.
- the electronic device 100 detects a touch operation (such as a click operation on the icon 651) acting on the voice message 651 through the touch sensor 180K, in response to the operation, the user interface 66 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6C may be displayed.
- the user can listen to the voice message 651 in an externally or non-externally-played manner. In this process, you can refer to the above judgment under bright screen to determine whether the first preset condition is detected.
- the screen enters the off-screen state and the proximity light sensor 180G is adjusted to a higher second transmit power.
- step S303 is executed: the display screen is controlled to be in a bright screen state, and the proximity light sensing low-power working mode is controlled.
- the electronic device 100 since the second preset condition has a higher priority than the condition for determining whether to turn on the screen through the target distance between the user and the display screen 194 . Therefore, if the electronic device 100 detects the second preset condition, at this time, regardless of whether the target distance between the user and the display screen 194 is greater than the light-off distance threshold, the electronic device 100 needs to control the display screen 194 to switch to the bright screen state and Adjust the transmit power of the proximity light sensor 180G to a lower power. Because, at this time, it can be determined that the user needs or has a strong intention to switch to the bright screen state, or the electronic device 100 determines that the user has a high probability that the screen is in the bright screen state under the current situation.
- the electronic device 100 can control the display screen 194 to switch to the bright screen state and adjust the transmit power of the proximity light sensor 180G to a lower power, so as to avoid the problem of bright spot flicker caused by the higher power of the proximity light sensor 180G , to improve the user experience.
- S307 Determine whether the distance between the user and the display screen is greater than the bright screen distance threshold.
- the electronic device 100 further determines whether the target distance between the user and the display screen 194 is greater than the bright screen distance threshold through the proximity light sensor 180G disposed under the display screen 194 .
- the bright screen distance threshold means that when the user reaches the bright screen distance threshold or is greater than the bright screen distance threshold, the user has a high probability to stare at the display screen 194 of the electronic device 100 to pass the speaker 170A ( FIG. 2A ). shown in ) to answer the call. Therefore, the screen-off distance threshold refers to a common distance for a user to listen to a voice call or voice message through the speaker 170A.
- step S302 is performed. For details, please refer to the above description of step S302.
- step S308 may be further performed. For details, please refer to the description of step S308.
- the electronic device monitors whether the call process ends. For example, when the user finishes the call, the user clicks the hang-up control, and the electronic device 100 detects an operation on the hang-up control, etc.; or the other party hangs up first, and the call ends.
- the process may continue to return to the judgment in step S307.
- the proximity light sensing mode function for the calling application can end.
- FIG. 7A-FIG. 7B are schematic diagrams of some users during a call according to an embodiment of the present invention. E.g
- the mobile phone controls the mobile phone display.
- the screen enters the off-screen state, and the proximity light sensor is adjusted to work with a higher second transmit power.
- the mobile phone Since the user leaves the mobile phone on the desktop for a long time, the mobile phone detects that the long-term standing condition in the first preset condition is currently satisfied, so the mobile phone controls the display screen to enter the off-screen state, and adjusts the proximity light sensor to a higher value. of the second transmit power to work.
- the mobile phone is triggered to detect the bright screen operation in the second preset condition, so the mobile phone controls the display screen to enter the bright screen state, and adjusts the proximity light sensor to a lower value. the first transmit power to work.
- the method flow corresponding to FIG. 3 above can be applied to calls in a hands-free state or a call in a non-hands-free state, that is, in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG.
- the above-mentioned corresponding control and adjustment are performed on a call, and the above-mentioned corresponding control and adjustment can also be performed on a non-hands-free call.
- the first call state may include a hands-free call state and/or a non-hands-free call state.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another method for controlling a proximity light sensor provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
- the method includes: Steps S301 to S309, and steps S401 to S406, wherein, for the processing flow of the electronic device in the non-hands-free state, please refer to the relevant implementation manner of the method flow in FIG. 3, which will not be repeated here.
- steps S401 to S406 in FIG. 8 please refer to steps S401 to S406 in FIG. 8 .
- the first call state includes a non-hands-free call state; the method includes:
- step S401 is performed.
- step S401 is executed.
- step S405 may be further performed.
- step S403 can be continued.
- receiving the user's switching operation of the pass state enters a second call state, wherein the first call state includes a non-hands-free call state, and the second call state includes a hands-free call state; when the display screen When the screen is on, if the first preset condition is detected, control the display screen to enter the screen-off state, and control the emission power of the proximity light sensor to be the second emission power; when the display When the screen is in an off-screen state, if the second preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter a bright-screen state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power.
- the electronic device when the electronic device performs different screen-on/off controls for the hands-free calling state and the non-hands-free calling state, and adjusts the transmit power of the proximity light sensor, for the non-hands-free calling state, it can still be used.
- the control method in the first aspect above is to perform comprehensive judgment in combination with the first preset condition, the second preset condition, the relationship between the target distance and the threshold value of the on/off distance distance, so as to perform related control and adjustment.
- different screen-on/off controls and adjustment of the transmit power of the proximity light sensor can be performed only according to whether the first preset condition or the second preset condition is received.
- the relationship of the target distance between the user and the display screen is not considered.
- the display screen will still be kept on and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor will be controlled.
- the screen-off switch is performed and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to a higher second transmit power; the same The same is true for calls in the hands-free state when the screen is off.
- the screen-on-screen switch When the user's active screen-on operation is received or a trigger condition such as a new message or incoming call is detected, the screen-on-screen switch is performed and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled. to a lower first transmit power.
- the on-off of the screen is determined by not detecting the target distance through the proximity light sensor after turning on the hands-free, the above-mentioned target distance may still be required for some other functions on the electronic device. , so in this embodiment of the present invention, the emission power of the proximity light sensor can still be adjusted according to the on-off condition of the screen.
- the function of the proximity light sensor can also be turned off (that is, it is not necessary to adjust its transmit power).
- FIG. 5A is a schematic diagram of some users enabling a hands-free function during a call according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the electronic device 100 detects a touch operation (such as a click operation on the icon 517) acting on the control 517 through the touch sensor 180K ), in response to this operation, the electronic device turns on the hands-free function (the control 517 is switched from the previous grayscale transition state to the lighted state).
- a touch operation such as a click operation on the icon 517 acting on the control 517 through the touch sensor 180K
- the screen-off switch will only be performed when the user's active screen-off operation is received, or when conditions such as standing for a long time are triggered. ; Similarly, the same is true for calls in the hands-free state when the screen is off.
- the screen-on-screen switch is performed.
- the embodiment of the present invention does not use the detection target distance to determine the way to turn on and off the display screen for calls in the hands-free state, but only switches the display screen on and off according to the second preset condition or the second preset condition. off, so the electronic device can control the function of the proximity light sensor 194 to be turned off.
- FIG. 9A shows a flow of another proximity light sensor control method provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
- the method is applied to any of the above electronic devices.
- the method flow mainly describes the method steps on the side of the electronic device.
- the method may include :
- the screen-locking condition may specifically include a screen-locking operation that is actively triggered by a user, or an automatic screen-locking operation that is triggered after the electronic device has been stationary for a long time.
- the electronic device is in a locked screen state, detecting the target distance between the user and the display screen through the proximity light sensor;
- S902 Control the display to AOD state + proximity light sensing low-power working mode.
- S903 Determine whether the first preset condition is detected.
- S904 If the first preset condition is not detected, determine whether the distance between the user and the display screen is less than the screen-off distance threshold.
- S906 Determine whether the second preset condition is detected.
- S907 If the second preset condition is not detected, determine whether the distance between the user and the display screen is greater than the bright screen distance threshold.
- the display screen is controlled to enter the off-screen state, and the emission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the second emission power; or, if the first preset condition is not detected, and the distance between the user and the display screen is less than the screen-off distance threshold, the display screen is controlled to enter the screen-off state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the second transmit power;
- the display screen is controlled to enter the AOD state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power ;
- the first preset condition is not detected, and the distance between the user and the display screen is not less than the screen-off distance threshold, keep controlling the display screen to enter the screen-off state, and keep controlling the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is the second transmit power; or,
- the display screen If the display screen enters the off-screen state and the second preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter the AOD state, and the transmission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmission power.
- the screen-on distance threshold is greater than the screen-off distance threshold; and the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
- S908 Determine whether the electronic device is unlocked.
- the electronic device when unlocked, it exits the AOD state.
- the first preset condition includes that the electronic device detects no-face information or no-eye gaze information.
- the first preset condition can be empty (ie, unconditional), that is, only through the user and the display screen. The distance between them can be judged.
- the second preset condition includes one or more of the following conditions:
- the electronic device receives a user-triggered wake-up operation
- the electronic device detects face information or eye gaze information; or
- the electronic device receives a new message or receives a new call.
- FIG. 9B is a schematic diagram of a user interface for switching between an AOD state and an off-screen state according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the left side of FIG. 9B is the user interface in the AOD state, which is used to display some simple time and date information, and the right side is the screen-off interface.
- specifically how to adjust the transmit power of the proximity light sensor may include the following three ways:
- Method 1 Adjust the pulse frequency of the infrared transmitter in the proximity light sensor, (from single pulse ⁇ multiple pulse)/(from multiple pulse ⁇ single pulse)
- the proximity sensor is an infrared pulse sensor
- the processor 110 controls to increase the pulse of the infrared transmitter 180G-a in the proximity light sensor 180G
- the number is also the pulse frequency, so as to control the power of the infrared transmitter to detect whether the user is approaching the display screen 194 with a large power in the off-screen state, and receive the infrared signal reflected by the user through the infrared receiver 180G-b, so that according to the signal
- the intensity or the time difference between the transmitted signal and the received signal is used to calculate the user's current target distance from the display screen 194 .
- the near-light infrared emission power can be increased by increasing the number of transmitted pulses (such as 5mA, 64us, 5pulses), so that the signal-to-noise ratio of the far distance can be improved, and it can be ensured that the mobile phone will only brighten the screen when the distance is greater than or equal to the distance.
- the mobile phone is close to the face, it is easy to repeatedly turn on and off the screen when answering a call. Please refer to FIG. 10A .
- FIG. 10A is a schematic diagram of a timing waveform of a near-optical multi-pulse working mode in an off-screen state according to an embodiment of the present invention. It can be understood that in this application, adjusting the transmit power to the second transmit power corresponds to the right side of FIG. 10A , and adjusting the transmit power to the first transmit power corresponds to the left side of FIG. 10A .
- the above method of adjusting the number of pulses is conducive to matching the production line calibration threshold. Because the production line calibration threshold can not be changed when the number of pulses is adjusted in the proximity of the light sensor, while the second and third methods require the production line calibration threshold to change dynamically. Therefore, the above-mentioned method of adopting the single-pulse switching mode and the multi-pulse switching mode does not need to change the calibration parameters of the production line, which is beneficial to the production of related products.
- the core of the embodiment of the present invention is that in the mobile phone call scenario, the proximity light working mode with different emitted optical powers is adopted for brightening and extinguishing the screen: when the screen is brightened, the low-power working mode is adopted to ensure that the screen spot flicker is not obvious and the signal-to-noise ratio of the proximity distance reaches the standard (such as When the screen is off, a high-power working mode (such as multi-pulse) is used to ensure that the signal-to-noise ratio at a far distance reaches the standard.
- the emission energy when the screen is off can be twice or more than that when the screen is on.
- Method 2 Adjust the current of the infrared transmitter in the proximity light sensor, (from low current ⁇ high current)/(from high current ⁇ low current)
- the near-light infrared emission power (such as 15mA, 64us, 1pulse) can also be increased by increasing the emission pulse current, so that the signal-to-noise ratio of the far-distance distance can be improved.
- FIG. 10B is a schematic diagram of a timing waveform of a near-light high current working mode in an off-screen state according to an embodiment of the present invention. It can be understood that in this application, adjusting the transmit power to the second transmit power corresponds to the right side of FIG. 10B , and adjusting the transmit power to the first transmit power corresponds to the left side of FIG. 10B .
- the core of the embodiment of the present invention is that in the mobile phone call scenario, the proximity light working mode with different emitted optical powers is adopted for brightening and extinguishing the screen: when the screen is brightened, the low-power working mode is adopted to ensure that the screen spot flicker is not obvious and the signal-to-noise ratio of the proximity distance reaches the standard (such as When the screen is off, the high-power working mode (such as high current) is used to ensure that the signal-to-noise ratio at the far distance reaches the standard.
- the emission energy when the screen is off can be twice or more than that when the screen is on.
- Method 3 Adjust the pulse width of the infrared transmitter in the proximity light sensor, (from short pulse width ⁇ long pulse width)/(from long pulse width ⁇ short pulse width)
- FIG. 10C is a schematic diagram of some users enabling a hands-free function during a call according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 10C is a schematic diagram of some users enabling a hands-free function during a call according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 10C is a schematic diagram of a timing waveform of a working mode with near-optical length and pulse width in an off-screen state according to an embodiment of the present invention. It can be understood that in this application, adjusting the transmit power to the second transmit power corresponds to the right side of FIG. 10C , and adjusting the transmit power to the first transmit power corresponds to the left side of FIG. 10C .
- the core of the embodiment of the present invention is that in the mobile phone call scenario, the proximity light working mode with different emitted optical powers is adopted for brightening and extinguishing the screen: when the screen is brightened, the low-power working mode is adopted to ensure that the screen spot flicker is not obvious and the signal-to-noise ratio of the proximity distance reaches the standard (such as When the screen is off, the high-power working mode (such as long pulse width) is adopted to ensure that the signal-to-noise ratio at the far distance reaches the standard.
- the emission energy when the screen is off can be twice or more than that when the screen is on.
- the above three implementations can be based on the hardware configuration of the electronic equipment in the prior art, and rely on the software scheme to distinguish the scene to adjust the near-light infrared emission power (single pulse/multi-pulse switching, low current/high current switching, short pulse width/long pulse). Wide switching), which can not only ensure that the display spot flicker is not obvious when the screen is bright, but also can improve the performance experience far away from the scene.
- the embodiment of the present invention can improve the far-away signal-to-noise ratio, so that the far-away distance increases, the approach-to-far distance difference increases, and the near-light performance experience is improved.
- the embodiments of the present invention can also be applied to the following scenarios: a screen-off and always-on display scenario, turning off the AOD when approaching is detected, reducing the power consumption of the proximity light sensor and preventing accidental touches; a pocket mode scenario, identifying whether the mobile phone is in a pocket Block, increase the prompt tone or prevent the password to be unlocked by mistake, answer a call by mistake, and make an emergency call by mistake; in smart backlight scenes, games, watching videos by hand, etc., the proximity light sensor is used to judge whether the current ambient light is blocked, and when it is blocked If the external environment is not really darkened, the brightness is not adjusted according to the ambient light, which will not be listed here.
- An embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium can store a program, and when the program is executed by a host or a storage device, the program includes any one of the methods described in the foregoing method embodiments. Some or all of the steps of a light sensor control method.
- Embodiments of the present invention also provide a computer program, the computer program including instructions, when the computer program is executed by the host or the storage device, the host or the storage device can execute part or all of the steps of any proximity light sensor control method.
- the disclosed apparatus may be implemented in other manners.
- the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative, for example, the division of the above-mentioned units is only a logical function division, and other division methods may be used in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or integrated. to another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
- the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical or other forms.
- the above-mentioned units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
- each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
- the above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
- the integrated units are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
- the technical solutions of the present application can be embodied in the form of software products in essence, or the parts that contribute to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions, and the computer software products are stored in a storage medium , including several instructions to enable a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc., specifically a processor in the computer device) to execute all or part of the steps of the foregoing methods in various embodiments of the present application.
- a computer device which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc., specifically a processor in the computer device
- the aforementioned storage medium may include: U disk, mobile hard disk, magnetic disk, optical disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, abbreviation: ROM) or random access memory (Random Access Memory, abbreviation: RAM) and other various storage media that can store medium of program code.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Environmental & Geological Engineering (AREA)
- Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
- Telephone Function (AREA)
Abstract
Embodiments of the present invention disclose a proximity light sensor control method and a related device. The method can be applied to an electronic device. The method comprises: receiving a first call request, controlling a display screen to enter a screen-on state, and controlling a transmit power of a proximity light sensor to be a first transmit power; accepting the first call request, and entering a first call state; if a first preset condition is not detected, and a distance between a user and the display screen is less than a screen-off distance threshold, controlling the display screen to enter a screen-off state, and controlling the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to be a second transmit power; and if a second preset condition is not detected, and the distance between the user and the display screen is greater than a screen-on distance threshold, controlling the display screen to enter the screen-on state, and controlling the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to be the first transmit power. According to the embodiments of the present invention, user experience of the electronic device in a call state can be improved.
Description
本申请要求于2020年09月10日提交中国专利局、申请号为202010951850.5、申请名称为“一种接近光传感器控制方法及相关设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202010951850.5 and the application title "A Proximity Light Sensor Control Method and Related Equipment" filed with the China Patent Office on September 10, 2020, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in in this application.
本发明涉及电子设备技术领域,尤其涉及一种接近光传感器控制方法及相关设备。The present invention relates to the technical field of electronic equipment, and in particular, to a control method of a proximity light sensor and related equipment.
接近传感器,是代替限位开关等接触式检测方式,是以无需接触检测对象进行检测为目的的传感器的总称。它能检测对象的移动和存在信息并转化成电信号。接近传感器主要用于检测物体的位移,在航空、航天技术以及工业生产中都有广泛的应用。Proximity sensor is a general term for sensors that replace contact detection methods such as limit switches, and are designed to detect without touching the detection object. It detects the movement and presence of objects and converts them into electrical signals. Proximity sensors are mainly used to detect the displacement of objects, and are widely used in aviation, aerospace technology and industrial production.
目前,在终端产品中,常用的接近传感方案一般分为超声方案、电容触摸屏方案和光学方案等。例如,在手机上,通过探测物体与手机屏幕的距离驱动手机完成相应的配置。常见应用包括电话场景,当接近光传感器检测到人脸接近手机屏幕时灭屏,以降低功耗并防止误触屏幕;当接近光传感器检测到人脸远离手机屏幕后则亮屏,以使得用户能继续操作手机屏幕。At present, in terminal products, commonly used proximity sensing solutions are generally divided into ultrasonic solutions, capacitive touch screen solutions, and optical solutions. For example, on a mobile phone, the mobile phone is driven to complete the corresponding configuration by detecting the distance between the object and the screen of the mobile phone. Common applications include phone scenes. When the proximity light sensor detects that the face is close to the phone screen, the screen is turned off to reduce power consumption and prevent accidental touches on the screen; when the proximity light sensor detects that the face is far away from the phone screen, the screen is turned on, so that the user can Can continue to operate the phone screen.
其中,在接近传感器的光学方案(可简称为接近光传感器)中,通常是利用独立的红外发射器和红外接收器构成该接近光传感器。红外发射器发射人眼不可见的红外光,红外接收器用于接收红外光。当没有物体靠近时红外光不会被反射,接收器不会探测到红外信号;当有物体靠近并达到一定距离(将该距离称为探测距离)时红外光被反射的强度达到探测阈值,通过接收器探测反射回的红外光强度,或者红外光发射与接收的时间差大小即可判断物体接近的程度。当接近到一定距离后即上报接近状态。Among them, in the optical solution of the proximity sensor (which may be referred to as a proximity light sensor for short), the proximity light sensor is usually formed by using an independent infrared transmitter and an infrared receiver. The infrared transmitter emits infrared light that is invisible to the human eye, and the infrared receiver is used to receive the infrared light. When there is no object approaching, the infrared light will not be reflected, and the receiver will not detect the infrared signal; when there is an object approaching and reaching a certain distance (this distance is called the detection distance), the reflected intensity of the infrared light reaches the detection threshold. The receiver detects the intensity of the reflected infrared light, or the time difference between infrared light emission and reception to determine the proximity of the object. When it is close to a certain distance, it will report the proximity status.
在全屏下的光学方案中,红外发射器和接收器件均放置于有机发光二极管(Organic Light Emitting Diode,OLED)显示屏下,以实现全屏下接近光信号采集。然而,红外发射器发射的红外光在一定发射功率下,容易在红外光照射OLED显示屏的区域产生斑点,从而影响屏幕显示,且对用户的使用造成影响。In the optical scheme under the full screen, the infrared transmitter and the receiving device are placed under the organic light emitting diode (Organic Light Emitting Diode, OLED) display screen, so as to realize the close-to-optical signal acquisition under the full screen. However, under a certain emission power, the infrared light emitted by the infrared emitter is prone to produce spots in the area where the infrared light illuminates the OLED display screen, thereby affecting the screen display and the use of the user.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本发明实施例提供一种接近光传感器控制方法及相关设备,以提升电子设备在通话状态下的用户体验。Embodiments of the present invention provide a proximity light sensor control method and related devices, so as to improve user experience of an electronic device in a call state.
第一方面,本发明实施例提供了一种接近光传感器控制方法,应用于电子设备,所述电子设备包括显示屏和设置于所述显示屏下方的接近光传感器;所述方法包括:接收到第一通话请求,控制所述显示屏进入亮屏状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率;接受所述第一通话请求,进入第一通话状态;若检测到第一预设条件,控制显示屏进入灭屏状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;或者,若未检测到所述第一预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离小于灭屏距离阈值,则控制所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;若未检测到第二预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离大于亮屏距离阈值,则控制所述显示屏进入亮屏状态,且控制所述接 近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率;其中,所述亮屏距离阈值大于所述灭屏距离阈值;所述第一发射功率小于所述第二发射功率。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for controlling a proximity light sensor, which is applied to an electronic device, where the electronic device includes a display screen and a proximity light sensor disposed below the display screen; the method includes: receiving a For the first call request, control the display screen to enter the bright screen state, and control the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to be the first transmit power; accept the first call request and enter the first call state; if the first call request is detected The preset condition is to control the display screen to enter the off-screen state, and control the emission power of the proximity light sensor to be the second emission power; or, if the first preset condition is not detected, and the user and the display screen have a relationship If the distance is less than the screen-off distance threshold, control the display screen to enter the screen-off state, and control the emission power of the proximity light sensor to be the second emission power; if the second preset condition is not detected, and the user and the display If the distance of the screen is greater than the bright-screen distance threshold, the display screen is controlled to enter the bright-screen state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power; wherein the bright-screen distance threshold is greater than the off-screen distance Threshold; the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
本发明实施例,当电子设备在初始接收到所述第一通话请求,且还未接通之前,由于电子设备的显示屏需要处于亮屏状态(否则无法接听电话),因此,此时为了避免由于接近光传感器功率过高导致的亮屏下显示屏有亮斑闪烁的问题,且也由于在亮屏状态下,因此可通过控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为较低的第一发射功率,既避免了亮斑闪烁的问题,也可以保证接近光传感器监测的准确性。在电子设备处于通话状态时,通过设置于电子设备的显示屏下方的接近光传感器来监测用户此时与电子设备之间的距离。并且,对于电子设备的显示屏在通话状态下的亮屏和灭屏,分别针对不同的情形,进行不同的亮灭屏的处理以及接近光传感器的发射功率的控制。具体地,在当电子设备未检测到优先级更高的灭屏条件时,则进一步通过判断用户当前与显示屏之间的距离是否小于灭屏距离阈值(或称为接近距离),若小于,则通过控制显示屏进入灭屏状态,以及调整接近光传感器的发射功率至较高的第二发射功率;在当电子设备未检测到优先级更高的亮屏条件时,则进一步通过判断用户当前与显示屏之间的距离是否大于亮屏距离阈值(或称为远离距离),若大于,则通过控制显示屏进入亮屏状态,以及调整接近光传感器的发射功率至较低的第一发射功率。如此一来,使得电子设备在通话过程中,由于亮屏时接近光传感器的发射功率较低,既避免了由于接近光传感器的高发射功率导致的显示屏的在亮屏时出现亮斑闪烁的缺陷,且由于亮屏时电子设备需要通过接近光传感器监测的用户与显示屏之间的距离较短(因为灭屏距离阈值或接近距离为较短的距离),因此可以保证接近光传感器监测的准确性;同时,又由于灭屏时接近光传感器的发射功率较高,且亮屏和灭屏时接近光传感器之间的发射功率差异较大,所以可以探测到更远的远离距离以及保证了较大的接近距离与远离距离之差,因此解决了电子设备在通话过程中由于远离距离较短、接近距离与远离距离之差较小导致的反复亮灭屏的问题。不仅可以帮助用户节省功耗以及防止用户误触,并且极大的提升了用户在通话过程中的体验。In this embodiment of the present invention, when the electronic device initially receives the first call request and before the call is connected, since the display screen of the electronic device needs to be in a bright screen state (otherwise it cannot answer the call), at this time, in order to avoid Because the power of the proximity light sensor is too high, the display screen under bright screen has the problem of flickering of bright spots, and also because it is in the bright screen state, the transmit power of the proximity light sensor can be controlled to be a lower first transmit power , which not only avoids the problem of bright spot flickering, but also ensures the monitoring accuracy of the proximity light sensor. When the electronic device is in a call state, the distance between the user and the electronic device at this time is monitored by a proximity light sensor disposed under the display screen of the electronic device. Moreover, for the screen-on and screen-off of the display screen of the electronic device in the call state, different screen-on-off processes and transmission power control of the proximity light sensor are performed for different situations. Specifically, when the electronic device does not detect a screen-off condition with a higher priority, it further determines whether the current distance between the user and the display screen is less than the screen-off distance threshold (or called the proximity distance), if it is less than, Then, by controlling the display screen to enter the off-screen state, and adjusting the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to a higher second transmit power; when the electronic device does not detect a bright screen condition with a higher priority, it is further determined by judging the user's current Whether the distance from the display screen is greater than the bright screen distance threshold (or called the distance from the bright screen), if it is greater than that, enter the bright screen state by controlling the display screen, and adjust the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to a lower first transmit power . In this way, during the call of the electronic device, the emission power of the proximity light sensor is low when the screen is bright, which avoids the occurrence of bright spots and flickering on the display screen when the screen is bright due to the high emission power of the proximity photo sensor. Defects, and since the distance between the user and the display screen that the electronic device needs to be monitored by the proximity light sensor when the screen is on is short (because the screen-off distance threshold or the proximity distance is a short distance), the proximity light sensor monitoring can be guaranteed. At the same time, because the emission power of the proximity light sensor is higher when the screen is off, and the difference in emission power between the proximity light sensor when the screen is bright and the screen is off is large, it can detect a farther distance and ensure that The large difference between the close distance and the far distance solves the problem of the electronic device repeatedly turning on and off the screen during a call due to the short distance distance and the small difference between the close distance and the far distance. It can not only help users save power consumption and prevent users from accidentally touching, but also greatly improve the user experience during a call.
在一种可能的实现方式中,若未检测到所述第一预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离不小于灭屏距离阈值,保持控制所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且保持控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;或者,若所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且检测到所述第二预设条件,则控制显示屏进入亮屏状态,控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率。In a possible implementation manner, if the first preset condition is not detected, and the distance between the user and the display screen is not less than the screen-off distance threshold, keep controlling the display screen to enter the screen-off state, and keep Controlling the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to be the second transmit power; or, if the display screen enters an off-screen state and the second preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter a bright-screen state, and the The transmit power of the proximity light sensor is the first transmit power.
在本发明实施例中,由于第一预设条件为优先级高于通过用户与显示屏之间的目标距离来决定是否灭屏的条件。因此,若电子设备检测到了第一预设条件,则此时无论用户与显示屏之间的目标距离是否小于灭屏距离阈值,电子设备均需要控制显示屏切换为灭屏状态且将接近光传感器的发射功率调整至较高功率。因为,此时可以判断为用户需要或有强烈意愿切换为灭屏状态,或者是电子设备判断出用户在当前情况下有较大概率是希望屏幕处于灭屏状态。因此,可以在该情况下,电子设备控制显示屏切换为灭屏状态且将接近光传感器的发射功率调整至较高功率,以增大接近光传感器可探测的远离距离。同时,由于第二预设条件为优先级高于通过用户与显示屏之间的目标距离来决定是否亮屏的条件。因此,若电子设备检测到了第二预设条件,则此时无论用户与显示屏之间的目标距离是否大于亮屏距离阈值,电子设备均需要控制显示屏切换为亮屏状态且将接近光传感器的发射功率调整至较低功率。因为,此时可以判断为用户需要或有强烈意愿切换为亮屏状态,或者是电子设备判断出用户在当前情况下有较大概率是希望屏幕处于亮屏状态。因此,可以在该情况下,电子设备控制显示屏切换为亮屏状态且将接近光传感器的发射功率调整至较低功率,以避免接近光传感器由于高功率导致的亮屏下的亮斑闪烁问题。综上本发明实施例,解决了电子设备在通话过程中 由于远离距离较短、接近距离与远离距离之差较小导致的反复亮灭屏的问题,帮助用户节省功耗以及防止用户误触,并且极大的提升了用户在通话过程中的体验。可以理解的是,本发明实施例针对免提状态下的通话或非免提状态下的通话均可适用,也即是第一通话状态可包括免提状态下的通话和/或非免提状态下的通话。In the embodiment of the present invention, since the first preset condition has a priority higher than the condition for determining whether to turn off the screen by the target distance between the user and the display screen. Therefore, if the electronic device detects the first preset condition, at this time, regardless of whether the target distance between the user and the display screen is less than the screen-off distance threshold, the electronic device needs to control the display screen to switch to the screen-off state and close the proximity light sensor. The transmit power is adjusted to a higher power. Because, at this time, it can be determined that the user needs or has a strong intention to switch to the off-screen state, or the electronic device determines that the user has a high probability that the screen is in the off-screen state under the current situation. Therefore, in this case, the electronic device may control the display screen to switch to the off-screen state and adjust the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to a higher power, so as to increase the distance detectable by the proximity light sensor. At the same time, since the second preset condition has a higher priority than the condition for determining whether to turn on the screen based on the target distance between the user and the display screen. Therefore, if the electronic device detects the second preset condition, no matter whether the target distance between the user and the display screen is greater than the bright screen distance threshold, the electronic device needs to control the display screen to switch to the bright screen state and close the light sensor The transmit power is adjusted to a lower power. Because, at this time, it can be determined that the user needs or has a strong intention to switch to the bright screen state, or the electronic device determines that the user has a high probability that the screen is in the bright screen state under the current situation. Therefore, in this case, the electronic device can control the display screen to switch to the bright screen state and adjust the transmission power of the proximity light sensor to a lower power, so as to avoid the problem of bright spot flickering under the bright screen caused by the high power of the proximity light sensor . To sum up, the embodiments of the present invention solve the problem that the electronic device repeatedly turns on and off the screen during a call due to the short distance between the distance and the distance between the close distance and the distance, so as to help the user save power consumption and prevent the user from accidentally touching the screen. And greatly improve the user experience during the call. It can be understood that the embodiment of the present invention can be applied to a call in a hands-free state or a call in a non-hands-free state, that is, the first call state may include a call in a hands-free state and/or a non-hands-free state. call below.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一通话状态包括非免提通话状态;所述方法还包括:当所述电子设备处于第二通话状态下,关闭所述接近光传感器的功能;当所述显示屏处于亮屏状态时,若检测到所述第一预设条件,则控制所述显示屏切换至灭屏状态;当所述显示屏处于灭屏状态时,若检测到所述第二预设条件,则控制所述显示屏切换至亮屏状态。In a possible implementation manner, the first call state includes a non-hands-free call state; the method further includes: when the electronic device is in the second call state, turning off the function of the proximity light sensor; when the electronic device is in the second call state; When the display screen is in a bright screen state, if the first preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to switch to a screen-off state; when the display screen is in a screen-off state, if the first preset condition is detected. The second preset condition is to control the display screen to switch to a bright screen state.
在本发明实施例中,当电子设备针对免提通话状态和非免提通话状态进行不同的亮灭屏控制以及接近光传感器发射功率的调整时,则针对非免提通话状态下,可依旧采用上述第一方面中的控制方法,即结合第一预设条件、第二预设条件、目标距离与亮/灭屏距离阈值之间的关系进行综合判断,从而进行相关控制和调整。但对于免提状态下的通话,则可以仅仅根据是否接收到第一预设条件或第二预设条件来进行不同的亮灭屏。也即是说在该情况下,由于不考虑用户与显示屏之间的目标距离的关系,因此可以关闭接近光传感器的功能(即无需调整其发射功率)。例如,若用户接通电话后,开启了免提功能,那么即使后续用户与显示屏之间的距离小于灭屏距离阈值,也依然保持显示屏处于亮屏状态,当接收到用户主动的灭屏操作,或长时间静置等条件触发才进行灭屏切换;同理,对于免提状态下的通话处于灭屏状态也是一样,当接收到用户主动的亮屏操作或者检测到新的消息或来电等触发条件,才进行亮屏切换。In this embodiment of the present invention, when the electronic device performs different screen-on/off controls for the hands-free calling state and the non-hands-free calling state, and adjusts the transmit power of the proximity light sensor, for the non-hands-free calling state, it can still be used. The control method in the first aspect above is to perform comprehensive judgment in combination with the first preset condition, the second preset condition, the relationship between the target distance and the threshold value of the on/off distance distance, so as to perform related control and adjustment. However, for a call in a hands-free state, the screen can be turned on and off differently only according to whether the first preset condition or the second preset condition is received. That is to say, in this case, since the relationship between the target distance between the user and the display screen is not considered, the function of the proximity light sensor can be turned off (ie, it is not necessary to adjust its transmission power). For example, if the user turns on the hands-free function after connecting to the phone, even if the distance between the subsequent user and the display screen is less than the screen-off distance threshold, the screen will still be kept on. The screen can be switched off only when the screen is off when the phone is in the hands-free state, and the screen is off when the phone is in the off-screen state when the phone is in the hands-free state. Wait for the trigger condition to switch on the bright screen.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收用户对于通过状态的切换操作,进入第二通话状态,其中,所述第一通话状态包括非免提通话状态,所述第二通话状态包括免提通话状态;若检测到所述第一预设条件,则控制所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,以及控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为所述第二发射功率;若检测到所述第二预设条件,则控制所述显示屏进入亮屏状态,以及控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为所述第一发射功率。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving a user's switching operation of the pass state, and entering a second call state, wherein the first call state includes a non-hands-free call state, and the second call state The state includes a hands-free calling state; if the first preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter a screen-off state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the second transmit power; if detected For the second preset condition, the display screen is controlled to enter a bright screen state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power.
在本发明实施例中,当电子设备针对免提通话状态和非免提通话状态进行不同的亮灭屏控制以及接近光传感器发射功率的调整时,则针对非免提通话状态下,可依旧采用上述第一方面中的控制方法,即结合第一预设条件、第二预设条件、目标距离与亮/灭屏距离阈值之间的关系进行综合判断,从而进行相关控制和调整。但对于免提状态下的通话,则可以仅仅根据是否接收到第一预设条件或第二预设条件来进行不同的亮灭屏控制以及接近光传感器发射功率的调整。也即是说在该情况下,不考虑用户与显示屏之间的目标距离的关系。例如,若用户接通电话后,开启了免提功能,那么即使后续用户与显示屏之间的目标距离小于灭屏距离阈值,也依然保持显示屏处于亮屏状态以及控制接近光传感器的发射功率在较低的第一发射功率,当接收到用户主动的灭屏操作,或长时间静置等条件触发才进行灭屏切换以及控制接近光传感器的发射功率至较高的第二发射功率;同理,对于免提状态下的通话处于灭屏状态也是一样,当接收到用户主动的亮屏操作或者检测到新的消息或来电等触发条件,才进行亮屏切换以及控制接近光传感器的发射功率至较低的第一发射功率。需要说明的是,在发明实施例中,虽然通过开启免提之后未通过接近光传感器探测目标距离来决定屏幕的亮灭,但是针对该电子设备上的一些其它功能可能仍然需要用到上述目标距离,因此在本发明实施例中,仍然可以依据屏幕的亮灭情况来调整接近光传感器的发射功率。In this embodiment of the present invention, when the electronic device performs different screen-on/off controls for the hands-free calling state and the non-hands-free calling state, and adjusts the transmit power of the proximity light sensor, for the non-hands-free calling state, it can still be used. The control method in the first aspect above is to perform comprehensive judgment in combination with the first preset condition, the second preset condition, the relationship between the target distance and the threshold value of the on/off distance distance, so as to perform related control and adjustment. However, for calls in the hands-free state, different screen-on/off controls and adjustment of the transmit power of the proximity light sensor can be performed only according to whether the first preset condition or the second preset condition is received. That is to say, in this case, the relationship of the target distance between the user and the display screen is not considered. For example, if the user turns on the hands-free function after answering the phone, even if the target distance between the subsequent user and the display screen is less than the screen-off distance threshold, the display screen will still be kept on and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor will be controlled. At a lower first transmit power, when the user's active screen-off operation is received, or when conditions such as standing for a long time are triggered, the screen-off switch is performed and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to a higher second transmit power; the same The same is true for calls in the hands-free state when the screen is off. When the user's active screen-on operation is received or a trigger condition such as a new message or incoming call is detected, the screen-on-screen switch is performed and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled. to a lower first transmit power. It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the invention, although the on-off of the screen is determined by not detecting the target distance through the proximity light sensor after turning on the hands-free, the above-mentioned target distance may still be required for some other functions on the electronic device. , so in this embodiment of the present invention, the emission power of the proximity light sensor can still be adjusted according to the on-off condition of the screen.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一预设条件包括:所述电子设备接收到用户触发的灭屏操作;或所述电子设备处于静置状态超过预设时间段。In a possible implementation manner, the first preset condition includes: the electronic device receives a screen-off operation triggered by a user; or the electronic device is in a stationary state for a preset period of time.
在本发明实施例中,第一预设条件具体可以为用户主动进行的灭屏操作,即用户触发的灭屏操作;或者是当电子设备处于静置状态超过一定时长。在上述任意一种情况下,说明此时用户可能暂时不需要操作该电子设备,所以电子设备可控制显示屏切换为灭屏状态且将接近光传感器的发射功率调整至较高功率,以增大接近光传感器可探测的远离距离。帮助用户节省功耗以及防止用户误触,并且极大的提升了用户在通话过程中的体验。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first preset condition may specifically be a screen-off operation actively performed by the user, that is, a screen-off operation triggered by the user; or when the electronic device is in a stationary state for more than a certain period of time. In any of the above cases, it means that the user may not need to operate the electronic device temporarily, so the electronic device can control the display screen to switch to the off-screen state and adjust the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to a higher power to increase the The distance the proximity light sensor can detect. Help users save power consumption and prevent users from accidentally touching, and greatly improve the user experience during a call.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二预设条件包括:所述电子设备接收到用户触发的唤醒操作;或所述电子设备上当前通话应用被切换至后台;或所述电子设备的前台运行有除当前通话应用以外的应用程序;或所述电子设备接收到新的消息或接收到新的通话。In a possible implementation manner, the second preset condition includes: the electronic device receives a wake-up operation triggered by the user; or the current calling application on the electronic device is switched to the background; or the electronic device has An application program other than the current call application is running in the foreground; or the electronic device receives a new message or receives a new call.
在本发明实施例中,第二预设条件具体可以为用户主动进行的亮屏操作,即用户触发的唤醒操作;或者是电子设备在当前通话状态下用户将对应的通话应用切换至后台而需要在前台运行其他应用;或者是所述电子设备的前台运行有除所述通话应用以外的应用程序,例如同在前台分屏运行多个应用(包括或不包括通话应用在内);或电子设备接收到新的消息或接收到新的通话。在上述任意一种情况下,说明此时用户可能需要操作该电子设备,所以电子设备可控制显示屏切换为亮屏状态且将接近光传感器的发射功率调整至较低功率,避免由接近光传感器导致的亮斑闪烁问题,帮助用户节省功耗以及防止用户误触,并且极大的提升了用户在通话过程中的体验。In this embodiment of the present invention, the second preset condition may specifically be a screen-on operation voluntarily performed by the user, that is, a wake-up operation triggered by the user; or the user needs to switch the corresponding call application to the background in the current call state of the electronic device. Other applications are running in the foreground; or applications other than the calling application are running in the foreground of the electronic device, for example, multiple applications (including or not including the calling application) are run in the same foreground split screen; or the electronic device A new message is received or a new call is received. In any of the above cases, it means that the user may need to operate the electronic device at this time, so the electronic device can control the display screen to switch to the bright screen state and adjust the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to a lower power to avoid the proximity light sensor. The resulting bright spot flickering problem helps users save power consumption and prevent users from accidentally touching them, and greatly improves the user experience during calls.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述接近光传感器为红外脉冲传感器;所述控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率,包括:通过增大所述红外脉冲传感器的脉冲的电流值,将所述红外脉冲传感器的发射功率调整至第二发射功率;或通过增大所述红外脉冲传感器的脉冲的脉宽值,将所述红外脉冲传感器的发射功率调整至第二发射功率;或通过增加所述红外脉冲传感器的脉冲个数,将所述红外脉冲传感器的发射功率调整至第二发射功率。In a possible implementation manner, the proximity light sensor is an infrared pulse sensor; the controlling the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to be the second transmit power includes: increasing the pulse current of the infrared pulse sensor value, the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor is adjusted to the second transmission power; or by increasing the pulse width value of the infrared pulse sensor, the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor is adjusted to the second transmission power; Or by increasing the number of pulses of the infrared pulse sensor, the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor is adjusted to the second transmission power.
本发明实施例中,当接近光传感器为红外脉冲传感器时,则电子设备可以通过提升红外脉冲传感器发射脉冲的电流值、或提升红外脉冲传感器发射脉冲的脉宽值、或增加红外脉冲传感器发射的脉冲个数中的一种或者多种方式,来使得红外脉冲传感器提升至一个较大的发射功率。In the embodiment of the present invention, when the proximity light sensor is an infrared pulse sensor, the electronic device can increase the current value of the pulse emitted by the infrared pulse sensor, or increase the pulse width value of the pulse emitted by the infrared pulse sensor, or increase the value of the pulse emitted by the infrared pulse sensor. One or more ways in the number of pulses to make the infrared pulse sensor increase to a larger transmit power.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述接近光传感器为红外脉冲传感器;所述控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率,包括:通过减小所述红外脉冲传感器的脉冲的电流值,将所述红外脉冲传感器的发射功率调整至第一发射功率;或通过减小所述红外脉冲传感器的脉冲的脉宽值,将所述红外脉冲传感器的发射功率调整至第一发射功率;或通过减少所述红外脉冲传感器的脉冲个数,将所述红外脉冲传感器的发射功率调整至第一发射功率。In a possible implementation manner, the proximity light sensor is an infrared pulse sensor; the controlling the emission power of the proximity light sensor to be the first emission power includes: reducing the current of the pulse of the infrared pulse sensor value, the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor is adjusted to the first transmission power; or by reducing the pulse width value of the pulse of the infrared pulse sensor, the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor is adjusted to the first transmission power; Or by reducing the number of pulses of the infrared pulse sensor, the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor is adjusted to the first transmission power.
本发明实施例中,当接近光传感器为红外脉冲传感器时,则电子设备可以通过降低红外脉冲传感器发射脉冲的电流值、或降低红外脉冲传感器发射脉冲的脉宽值、或减少红外脉冲传感器发射的脉冲个数中的一种或者多种方式,来使得红外脉冲传感器降低至一个较小的发射功率。In the embodiment of the present invention, when the proximity light sensor is an infrared pulse sensor, the electronic device can reduce the current value of the pulse emitted by the infrared pulse sensor, or reduce the pulse width value of the pulse emitted by the infrared pulse sensor, or reduce the pulse width emitted by the infrared pulse sensor. One or more ways in the number of pulses to reduce the infrared pulse sensor to a smaller transmit power.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二发射功率为所述第一发射功率的两倍或者以上。In a possible implementation manner, the second transmit power is twice or more than the first transmit power.
本发明实施例中,通过将接近光传感器的发射功率之间的差值调整至两倍甚至以上的范围,以增大接近光传感器可探测的远离距离,且保证了较大的接近距离与远离距离的差。因此,解决了电子设备在通话过程中由于远离距离较短、接近距离与远离距离之差较小导致的反复亮灭屏的问题。可以以帮助用户节省功耗以及防止用户误触,极大的提升了用户在通话过程中的体验。In the embodiment of the present invention, by adjusting the difference between the transmit powers of the proximity light sensor to a range of twice or more, the distance that can be detected by the proximity light sensor can be increased, and a larger proximity distance and distance can be ensured. difference in distance. Therefore, the problem of repeatedly turning on and off the screen of the electronic device during a call due to the short distance from the distance and the small difference between the approach distance and the distance from the electronic device is solved. It can help users save power consumption and prevent users from accidentally touching, which greatly improves the user's experience during a call.
第二方面,本发明实施例提供了一种电子设备,可包括处理器、耦合于所述处理器的显示屏和接近光传感器,所述接近光传感器设置于所述显示屏的下方;In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides an electronic device, which may include a processor, a display screen coupled to the processor, and a proximity light sensor, where the proximity light sensor is disposed below the display screen;
所述接近光传感器,用于检测用户与所述显示屏之间的距离;the proximity light sensor for detecting the distance between the user and the display screen;
所述处理器,用于:the processor for:
接收到第一通话请求,控制所述显示屏进入亮屏状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率;receiving the first call request, controlling the display screen to enter a bright screen state, and controlling the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to be the first transmit power;
接受所述第一通话请求,进入第一通话状态;Accept the first call request and enter the first call state;
若检测到第一预设条件,控制显示屏进入灭屏状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;或者,若未检测到所述第一预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离小于灭屏距离阈值,则控制所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;If the first preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter the off-screen state, and the emission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the second emission power; or, if the first preset condition is not detected, and the user and the If the distance of the display screen is less than the screen-off distance threshold, the display screen is controlled to enter the screen-off state, and the emission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the second emission power;
若未检测到第二预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离大于亮屏距离阈值,则控制所述显示屏进入亮屏状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率;If the second preset condition is not detected, and the distance between the user and the display screen is greater than the bright screen distance threshold, the display screen is controlled to enter the bright screen state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power power;
其中,所述亮屏距离阈值大于所述灭屏距离阈值;所述第一发射功率小于所述第二发射功率。Wherein, the screen-on distance threshold is greater than the screen-off distance threshold; and the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器还用于:In a possible implementation manner, the processor is further configured to:
若未检测到所述第一预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离不小于灭屏距离阈值,保持控制所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且保持控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;或者,If the first preset condition is not detected, and the distance between the user and the display screen is not less than the screen-off distance threshold, keep controlling the display screen to enter the screen-off state, and keep controlling the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is the second transmit power; or,
若所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且检测到所述第二预设条件,则控制显示屏进入亮屏状态,控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率。If the display screen enters a screen-off state and the second preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter a screen-on state, and the emission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first emission power.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器还用于:In a possible implementation manner, the processor is further configured to:
接收用户对于通过状态的切换操作,进入第二通话状态,其中,所述第一通话状态包括非免提通话状态,所述第二通话状态包括免提通话状态;receiving the user's switching operation of the pass state, and entering a second call state, wherein the first call state includes a non-hands-free call state, and the second call state includes a hands-free call state;
若检测到所述第一预设条件,则控制所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,以及控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为所述第二发射功率;If the first preset condition is detected, controlling the display screen to enter a screen-off state, and controlling the emission power of the proximity light sensor to be the second emission power;
若检测到所述第二预设条件,则控制所述显示屏进入亮屏状态,以及控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为所述第一发射功率。If the second preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter a bright screen state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一预设条件包括:In a possible implementation manner, the first preset condition includes:
所述电子设备接收到用户触发的灭屏操作;或The electronic device receives a user-triggered screen-off operation; or
所述电子设备处于静置状态超过预设时间段。The electronic device is in a stationary state for more than a preset period of time.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二预设条件包括:In a possible implementation, the second preset condition includes:
所述电子设备接收到用户触发的唤醒操作;或The electronic device receives a user-triggered wake-up operation; or
所述电子设备上当前通话应用被切换至后台;或The current calling application on the electronic device is switched to the background; or
所述电子设备的前台运行有除当前通话应用以外的应用程序;或An application program other than the current calling application is running in the foreground of the electronic device; or
所述电子设备接收到新的消息或接收到新的通话。The electronic device receives a new message or receives a new call.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述接近光传感器为红外脉冲传感器;所述处理器具体用于:In a possible implementation manner, the proximity light sensor is an infrared pulse sensor; the processor is specifically used for:
通过增大所述红外脉冲传感器的脉冲的电流值,将所述红外脉冲传感器的发射功率调整至第二发射功率;或By increasing the current value of the pulse of the infrared pulse sensor, the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor is adjusted to the second transmission power; or
通过增大所述红外脉冲传感器的脉冲的脉宽值,将所述红外脉冲传感器的发射功率调整至第二发射功率;或Adjust the transmit power of the infrared pulse sensor to the second transmit power by increasing the pulse width value of the infrared pulse sensor; or
通过增加所述红外脉冲传感器的脉冲个数,将所述红外脉冲传感器的发射功率调整至第二发射功率。By increasing the number of pulses of the infrared pulse sensor, the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor is adjusted to the second transmission power.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述接近光传感器为红外脉冲传感器;所述处理器具体用于:In a possible implementation manner, the proximity light sensor is an infrared pulse sensor; the processor is specifically used for:
通过减小所述红外脉冲传感器的脉冲的电流值,将所述红外脉冲传感器的发射功率调整至第一发射功率;或Adjust the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor to the first transmission power by reducing the current value of the pulse of the infrared pulse sensor; or
通过减小所述红外脉冲传感器的脉冲的脉宽值,将所述红外脉冲传感器的发射功率调整至第一发射功率;或Adjust the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor to the first transmission power by reducing the pulse width value of the pulse of the infrared pulse sensor; or
通过减少所述红外脉冲传感器的脉冲个数,将所述红外脉冲传感器的发射功率调整至第一发射功率。By reducing the number of pulses of the infrared pulse sensor, the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor is adjusted to the first transmission power.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二发射功率为所述第一发射功率的两倍或者以上。In a possible implementation manner, the second transmit power is twice or more than the first transmit power.
第三方面,本发明实施例提供了一种接近光传感器控制方法,应用于电子设备,所述电子设备包括显示屏和设置于所述显示屏下方的接近光传感器;所述方法包括:In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for controlling a proximity light sensor, which is applied to an electronic device, where the electronic device includes a display screen and a proximity light sensor disposed below the display screen; the method includes:
若检测到锁屏条件,则控制所述显示屏进入灭屏常显AOD状态,控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率;If the screen-locking condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter the screen-off and always-displayed AOD state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power;
若检测到第一预设条件,控制显示屏进入灭屏状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;或者,若未检测到所述第一预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离小于灭屏距离阈值,则控制所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;If the first preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter the off-screen state, and the emission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the second emission power; or, if the first preset condition is not detected, and the user and the If the distance of the display screen is less than the screen-off distance threshold, the display screen is controlled to enter the screen-off state, and the emission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the second emission power;
若未检测到第二预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离大于亮屏距离阈值,则控制所述显示屏进入AOD状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率;If the second preset condition is not detected, and the distance between the user and the display screen is greater than the bright screen distance threshold, the display screen is controlled to enter the AOD state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power ;
其中,所述亮屏距离阈值大于所述灭屏距离阈值;所述第一发射功率小于所述第二发射功率。Wherein, the screen-on distance threshold is greater than the screen-off distance threshold; and the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
本发明实施例,通过设置于电子设备的显示屏下方的接近光传感器来监测用户此时与电子设备之间的距离。并且,对于电子设备的显示屏在AOD状态时,分别针对不同的情形,进行AOD状态与灭屏之间的切换、以及接近光传感器的发射功率的控制。具体地,在电子设备处于AOD状态下,当电子设备未检测到优先级更高的灭屏条件时,则进一步通过判断用户当前与显示屏之间的距离是否小于灭屏距离阈值(或称为接近距离),若小于,则通过控制显示屏进入灭屏状态,以及调整接近光传感器的发射功率至较高的第二发射功率;当所述显示屏处于灭屏状态时,且当电子设备未检测到优先级更高的AOD条件时,则进一步通过判断用户当前与显示屏之间的距离是否大于亮屏距离阈值(或称为远离距离),若大于,则通过控制显示屏进入AOD状态,以及调整接近光传感器的发射功率至较低的第一发射功率。如此一来,使得电子设备在AOD状态下,由于接近光传感器的发射功率较低,既避免了由于接近光传感器的高发射功率导致的显示屏的在AOD状态下出现亮斑闪烁的缺陷,且由于在AOD状态下电子设备需要通过接近光传感器监测的用户与显示屏之间的距离较短(因为灭屏距离阈值或接近距离为较短的距离),因此可以保证接近光传感器监测的准确性;同时,又由于灭屏时接近光传感器的发射功率较高,且AOD和灭屏时接近光传感器之间的发射功率差异较大,所以可以探测到更远的远离距离以及保证了较大的接近距离与远离距离之差,因此解决了电子设备在AOD状态下由于远离距离较短、接近距离与远离距离之差较小导致的AOD与灭屏状态之间反复切换的问题。不仅可以帮助用户节省功耗以及防止用户误触,并且极大的提升了用户在使用AOD功能时的体验。In this embodiment of the present invention, the distance between the user and the electronic device at this time is monitored by a proximity light sensor disposed under the display screen of the electronic device. Moreover, when the display screen of the electronic device is in the AOD state, the switching between the AOD state and the screen-off state and the control of the transmit power of the proximity light sensor are performed for different situations. Specifically, when the electronic device is in the AOD state, when the electronic device does not detect a screen-off condition with a higher priority, it is further determined whether the current distance between the user and the display screen is less than the screen-off distance threshold (or referred to as the screen-off distance threshold). Proximity distance), if it is less than the screen, enter the off-screen state by controlling the display screen, and adjust the emission power of the proximity light sensor to a higher second emission power; when the display screen is in the off-screen state, and when the electronic device is not When an AOD condition with a higher priority is detected, it is further judged whether the distance between the user and the display screen is greater than the bright screen distance threshold (or called the distance distance). and adjusting the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to a lower first transmit power. In this way, in the AOD state of the electronic device, due to the low emission power of the proximity light sensor, the defect of bright spot flickering on the display screen in the AOD state caused by the high emission power of the proximity light sensor is avoided, and Since the distance between the user monitored by the proximity light sensor and the display screen of the electronic device in the AOD state is short (because the screen-off distance threshold or the proximity distance is a short distance), the monitoring accuracy of the proximity light sensor can be guaranteed. At the same time, due to the high transmit power of the proximity light sensor when the screen is off, and the large difference in transmit power between the AOD and the proximity light sensor when the screen is off, it can detect a farther distance and ensure a greater The difference between the close distance and the far distance solves the problem of repeated switching between the AOD and the off-screen state caused by the short distance distance and the small difference between the close distance and the far distance of the electronic device in the AOD state. It can not only help users save power consumption and prevent users from accidentally touching, but also greatly improve the user experience when using the AOD function.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:若未检测到所述第一预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离不小于灭屏距离阈值,保持控制所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且保持控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;或者,In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: if the first preset condition is not detected, and the distance between the user and the display screen is not less than a screen-off distance threshold, maintaining control of the display screen to enter off-screen state, and keep controlling the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to be the second transmit power; or,
若所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且检测到所述第二预设条件,则控制显示屏进入AOD状态,控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率。If the display screen enters the off-screen state and the second preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter the AOD state, and the transmission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmission power.
本发明实施例,当电子设备检测到优先级更高的灭屏条件,则控制显示屏进入灭屏状态,以及调整接近光传感器的发射功率至较高的第二发射功率;当电子设备检测到优先级更高的AOD条件,则控制显示屏进入AOD状态,以及调整接近光传感器的发射功率至较低的第一发射功率。In this embodiment of the present invention, when the electronic device detects a screen-off condition with a higher priority, it controls the display screen to enter the screen-off state, and adjusts the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to a second, higher transmit power; when the electronic device detects a screen-off condition with a higher priority For AOD conditions with a higher priority, the display screen is controlled to enter the AOD state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is adjusted to a lower first transmit power.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一预设条件包括:所述电子设备检测到无人脸信息或无人眼注视信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first preset condition includes: the electronic device detects no-face information or no-eye gaze information.
本发明实施例,当电子设备确定显示屏前方无人脸或者人眼注视信息,则极大可能当前用户不需要使用该AOD功能,因此则控制显示屏进入灭屏状态,以及调整接近光传感器的发射功率至较高的第二发射功率。In this embodiment of the present invention, when the electronic device determines that there is no face or human eye gaze information in front of the display screen, it is highly likely that the current user does not need to use the AOD function, so the display screen is controlled to enter the off-screen state, and the proximity light sensor is adjusted. transmit power to a second, higher transmit power.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二预设条件包括:所述电子设备接收到用户触发的唤醒操作;或所述电子设备检测到人脸信息或人眼注视信息;所述电子设备接收到新的消息或接收到新的通话。In a possible implementation manner, the second preset condition includes: the electronic device receives a wake-up operation triggered by a user; or the electronic device detects face information or eye gaze information; the electronic device A new message is received or a new call is received.
本发明实施例,当电子设备确定有优先级更高的AOD条件如唤醒操作、人脸人眼信息或者接收到新消息或通话,则极大可能当前用户需要使用该AOD功能,因此则控制显示屏进入AOD状态,以及控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为较低的第一发射功率。In this embodiment of the present invention, when the electronic device determines that there is an AOD condition with a higher priority, such as a wake-up operation, face and eye information, or receiving a new message or call, it is very likely that the current user needs to use the AOD function, so the control display The screen enters the AOD state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be a lower first transmit power.
第四方面,本发明实施例提供了一种电子设备,包括处理器、耦合于所述处理器的显示屏和接近光传感器,所述接近光传感器设置于所述显示屏的下方;In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides an electronic device, including a processor, a display screen coupled to the processor, and a proximity light sensor, where the proximity light sensor is disposed below the display screen;
所述处理器,用于:the processor for:
若检测到锁屏条件,则控制所述显示屏进入灭屏常显AOD状态,控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率;If the screen-locking condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter the screen-off and always-displayed AOD state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power;
若检测到第一预设条件,控制显示屏进入灭屏状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;或者,若未检测到所述第一预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离小于灭屏距离阈值,则控制所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;If the first preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter the off-screen state, and the emission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the second emission power; or, if the first preset condition is not detected, and the user and the If the distance of the display screen is less than the screen-off distance threshold, the display screen is controlled to enter the screen-off state, and the emission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the second emission power;
若未检测到第二预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离大于亮屏距离阈值,则控制所述显示屏进入AOD状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率;If the second preset condition is not detected, and the distance between the user and the display screen is greater than the bright screen distance threshold, the display screen is controlled to enter the AOD state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power ;
其中,所述亮屏距离阈值大于所述灭屏距离阈值;所述第一发射功率小于所述第二发射功率。Wherein, the screen-on distance threshold is greater than the screen-off distance threshold; and the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器还用于:In a possible implementation manner, the processor is further configured to:
若未检测到所述第一预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离不小于灭屏距离阈值,保持控制所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且保持控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;或者,If the first preset condition is not detected, and the distance between the user and the display screen is not less than the screen-off distance threshold, keep controlling the display screen to enter the screen-off state, and keep controlling the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is the second transmit power; or,
若所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且检测到所述第二预设条件,则控制显示屏进入AOD状态,控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率。If the display screen enters the off-screen state and the second preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter the AOD state, and the transmission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmission power.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一预设条件包括:In a possible implementation manner, the first preset condition includes:
所述电子设备检测到无人脸信息或无人眼注视信息。The electronic device detects no face information or no eye gaze information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二预设条件包括:In a possible implementation, the second preset condition includes:
所述电子设备接收到用户触发的唤醒操作;或The electronic device receives a user-triggered wake-up operation; or
所述电子设备检测到人脸信息或人眼注视信息;或The electronic device detects face information or eye gaze information; or
所述电子设备接收到新的消息或接收到新的通话。The electronic device receives a new message or receives a new call.
第五方面,本申请提供一种半导体芯片,可包括上述第二方面中的任意一种实现方式所涉及的处理器。In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a semiconductor chip, which may include the processor involved in any one of the implementation manners of the foregoing second aspect.
第六方面,本申请提供一种半导体芯片,可包括上述第四方面中的任意一种实现方式所涉及的处理器。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a semiconductor chip, which may include the processor involved in any one of the implementation manners of the foregoing fourth aspect.
第七方面,本申请提供一种片上系统SoC芯片,该SoC芯片包括上述第二方面中的任意一种实现方式所涉及的处理器,可选的,还包括耦合于所述处理器的内部存储器和外部存储器。该SoC芯片,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a system-on-a-chip SoC chip, where the SoC chip includes the processor involved in any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect, and optionally, further includes an internal memory coupled to the processor and external memory. The SoC chip may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
第八方面,本申请提供一种片上系统SoC芯片,该SoC芯片包括上述第四方面中的任意一种实现方式所涉及的处理器,可选的,还包括耦合于所述处理器的内部存储器和外部存储器。该SoC芯片,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a system-on-a-chip SoC chip, where the SoC chip includes the processor involved in any one of the implementation manners of the fourth aspect, and optionally, further includes an internal memory coupled to the processor and external memory. The SoC chip may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
第九方面,本申请提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括上述第二方面中的任意一种实现方式所涉及的处理器和接近光传感器。该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其它分立器件。In a ninth aspect, the present application provides a system-on-chip, where the system-on-chip includes the processor and the proximity light sensor involved in any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect above. The chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
第十方面,本申请提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括上述第四方面中的任意一种实现方式所涉及的处理器和接近光传感器。该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其它分立器件。In a tenth aspect, the present application provides a chip system, where the chip system includes the processor involved in any one of the implementation manners of the fourth aspect and a proximity light sensor. The chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
第十一方面,本申请提供一种电子设备,包括处理器和存储器,其中,所述存储器用于存储程序代码,所述处理器用于调用所述存储器存储的程序代码来执行上述第一方面中的任意一种实现方式所涉及的接近光传感器控制方法。In an eleventh aspect, the present application provides an electronic device, including a processor and a memory, wherein the memory is used to store program codes, and the processor is used to call the program codes stored in the memory to execute the above-mentioned first aspect. A proximity light sensor control method involved in any implementation manner of .
第十二方面,本申请提供一种电子设备,包括处理器和存储器,其中,所述存储器用于存储程序代码,所述处理器用于调用所述存储器存储的程序代码来执行上述第三方面中的任意一种实现方式所涉及的接近光传感器控制方法。In a twelfth aspect, the present application provides an electronic device, including a processor and a memory, wherein the memory is used to store program codes, and the processor is used to call the program codes stored in the memory to execute the above third aspect. A proximity light sensor control method involved in any implementation manner of .
第十三方面,本申请提供一种电子设备,该电子设备具有实现上述第一方面中的任意一种接近光传感器控制方法的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a thirteenth aspect, the present application provides an electronic device, the electronic device having the function of implementing any one of the proximity light sensor control methods in the first aspect above. This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
第十四方面,本申请提供一种电子设备,该电子设备具有实现上述第三方面中的任意一种接近光传感器控制方法的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a fourteenth aspect, the present application provides an electronic device having the function of implementing any one of the control methods for a proximity light sensor in the third aspect above. This function can be implemented by hardware or by executing corresponding software by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
第十五方面,本申请提供一种终端设备,该终端设备包括处理器、显示屏和接近光传感器,该处理器为上述第二方面中的任意一种实现方式所涉及的处理器,该显示屏为上述第二方面中的任意一种实现方式所涉及的显示屏,该接近光传感器为上述第二方面中的任意一种实现方式所涉及的接近光传感器。该终端设备还可以包括通信接口,用于该终端与其它设备或通信网络通信。In a fifteenth aspect, the present application provides a terminal device, the terminal device includes a processor, a display screen, and a proximity light sensor, the processor is the processor involved in any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect, and the display The screen is a display screen involved in any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect above, and the proximity light sensor is the proximity light sensor involved in any one of the implementation manners of the second aspect above. The terminal device may also include a communication interface for the terminal to communicate with other devices or a communication network.
第十六方面,本申请提供一种终端设备,该终端设备包括处理器、显示屏和接近光传感器,该处理器为上述第四方面中的任意一种实现方式所涉及的处理器,该显示屏为上述第四 方面中的任意一种实现方式所涉及的显示屏,该接近光传感器为上述第四方面中的任意一种实现方式所涉及的接近光传感器。该终端设备还可以包括通信接口,用于该终端与其它设备或通信网络通信。In a sixteenth aspect, the present application provides a terminal device, the terminal device includes a processor, a display screen and a proximity light sensor, the processor is the processor involved in any one of the implementation manners of the fourth aspect, and the display The screen is a display screen involved in any one of the implementations of the fourth aspect above, and the proximity light sensor is the proximity optical sensor involved in any one of the implementations of the fourth aspect above. The terminal device may also include a communication interface for the terminal to communicate with other devices or a communication network.
第十七方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被电子设备执行时实现上述第一方面中任意一项所述的接近光传感器控制方法的流程。In a seventeenth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed by an electronic device, the near-light optical system described in any one of the first aspect above is realized. Flow of the sensor control method.
第十八方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被电子设备执行时实现上述第三方面中任意一项所述的接近光传感器控制方法的流程。In an eighteenth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed by an electronic device, the near-light optical system described in any one of the third aspect above is realized. Flow of the sensor control method.
第十九方面,本发明实施例提供了一种计算机程序,该计算机程序包括指令,当该计算机程序被电子设备执行时,使得主机可以执行上述第一方面中任意一项所述的接近光传感器控制方法的流程。In a nineteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer program, where the computer program includes instructions, when the computer program is executed by an electronic device, so that a host can execute the proximity light sensor described in any one of the first aspect above The flow of the control method.
第二十方面,本发明实施例提供了一种计算机程序,该计算机程序包括指令,当该计算机程序被电子设备执行时,使得主机可以执行上述第三方面中任意一项所述的接近光传感器控制方法的流程。In a twentieth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer program, where the computer program includes instructions, when the computer program is executed by an electronic device, the host can execute the proximity light sensor described in any one of the third aspect above The flow of the control method.
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例或背景技术中的技术方案,下面将对本发明实施例或背景技术中所需要使用的附图进行说明。In order to more clearly describe the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention or the background technology, the accompanying drawings required in the embodiments or the background technology of the present invention will be described below.
图1A为本发明实施例提供的一种电子设备的结构示意图。FIG. 1A is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图1B为本发明实施例提供的一种电子设备的软件结构框图。FIG. 1B is a block diagram of a software structure of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图2A为本发明实施例提供的一种电子设备上的传感器、按键以及显示屏的位置关系示意图。FIG. 2A is a schematic diagram of a positional relationship among sensors, buttons, and a display screen on an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图2B为本发明实施例提供的一种电子设备上的用于应用程序菜单的示例性用户界面。FIG. 2B is an exemplary user interface for an application menu on an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图3为本发明实施例提供的一些用户进行接近光传感模式设置的界面示意图。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an interface for some users to set a proximity light sensing mode according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图4示出了本发明实施例提供的一种接近光传感器控制方法的流程。FIG. 4 shows a flow of a method for controlling a proximity light sensor provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
图5A为本发明实施例提供的一些智能手机等电子设备上的“通话”应用程序的用户界面。FIG. 5A is a user interface of a “call” application on some electronic devices such as smart phones according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图5B为本发明实施例提供的一些用户在通话过程中通过电源键190b进行灭屏的示意图。FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram of some users turning off the screen through the power button 190b during a call according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图5C为本发明实施例提供的一些用户在通话过程中将通话应用切换到后台的用户界面示意图。FIG. 5C is a schematic diagram of a user interface in which some users switch a call application to the background during a call according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图5D为本发明实施例提供的一些用户在通话过程中将通话应用与其他应用一起均运行在前台的用户界面示意图。FIG. 5D is a schematic diagram of a user interface in which some users run a call application together with other applications in the foreground during a call according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图5E为本发明实施例提供的一些用户在通话过程中接收到新来电的用户界面示意图。FIG. 5E is a schematic diagram of a user interface in which some users receive a new incoming call during a call according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图6A-图6C为本发明实施例提供的一些微信应用中的语音通话以及语音消息的界面示意图。6A-6C are schematic interface diagrams of voice calls and voice messages in some WeChat applications provided by embodiments of the present invention.
图7A-图7B为本发明实施例提供的一些用户在通话过程中的示意图。7A-7B are schematic diagrams of some users during a call according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图8为本发明实施例提供的另一种接近光传感器控制方法流程示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another method for controlling a proximity light sensor according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图9A为本发明实施例提供的另一种接近光传感器控制方法的流程示意图。FIG. 9A is a schematic flowchart of another method for controlling a proximity light sensor according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图9B为本发明实施例提供的一些AOD状态与灭屏之间切换的界面示意图。FIG. 9B is a schematic diagram of an interface for switching between some AOD states and screen off according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图10A为本发明实施例提供的一种灭屏状态下接近光多脉冲工作模式时序波形示意图。10A is a schematic diagram of a timing waveform of a near-optical multi-pulse working mode in an off-screen state according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图10B为本发明实施例提供的一种灭屏状态下接近光高电流工作模式时序波形示意图。FIG. 10B is a schematic diagram of a timing waveform of a near-light high current working mode in an off-screen state according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图10C为本发明实施例提供的一种灭屏状态下接近光长脉宽工作模式时序波形示意图。FIG. 10C is a schematic diagram of a timing waveform of a working mode with near-optical length and pulse width in an off-screen state according to an embodiment of the present invention.
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例进行描述。The embodiments of the present invention will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention.
本申请的说明书和权利要求书及所述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”、“第三”和“第四”等是用于区别不同对象,而不是用于描述特定顺序。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。例如包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元,而是可选地还包括没有列出的步骤或单元,或可选地还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。The terms "first", "second", "third" and "fourth" in the description and claims of the present application and the drawings are used to distinguish different objects, rather than to describe a specific order . Furthermore, the terms "comprising" and "having" and any variations thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion. For example, a process, method, system, product or device comprising a series of steps or units is not limited to the listed steps or units, but optionally also includes unlisted steps or units, or optionally also includes For other steps or units inherent to these processes, methods, products or devices.
在本文中提及“实施例”意味着,结合实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特性可以包含在本申请的至少一个实施例中。在说明书中的各个位置出现该短语并不一定均是指相同的实施例,也不是与其它实施例互斥的独立的或备选的实施例。本领域技术人员显式地和隐式地理解的是,本文所描述的实施例可以与其它实施例相结合。Reference herein to an "embodiment" means that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment can be included in at least one embodiment of the present application. The appearances of the phrase in various places in the specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment, nor a separate or alternative embodiment that is mutually exclusive of other embodiments. It is explicitly and implicitly understood by those skilled in the art that the embodiments described herein may be combined with other embodiments.
在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如,部件可以是但不限于,在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示,在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中,部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在2个或更多个计算机之间。此外,这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可例如根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部件交互的二个部件的数据,例如通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程来通信。The terms "component", "module", "system" and the like are used in this specification to refer to a computer-related entity, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution. For example, a component may be, but is not limited to, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer. By way of illustration, both an application running on a computing device and the computing device may be components. One or more components may reside within a process and/or thread of execution, and a component may be localized on one computer and/or distributed between 2 or more computers. In addition, these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon. A component may, for example, be based on a signal having one or more data packets (eg, data from two components interacting with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet interacting with other systems via signals) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
首先,对本申请中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。First, some terms in this application will be explained so as to facilitate the understanding of those skilled in the art.
(1)(灭屏)常显(Always on display,AOD),在锁屏或者熄屏状态下只通过个别像素点亮显示时钟和一些常用信息,能够使得智能手机用户比较少的按下电源键点亮整个屏幕来查看时钟盒有没有来电和短信等信息,这样子相对来说可以比以前的led屏幕开整个屏幕的背光省电。(1) (Off screen) Always on display (AOD), when the screen is locked or off, only the clock and some common information are displayed through individual pixels, which enables smartphone users to press the power button less often Light up the entire screen to check whether the clock box has information such as incoming calls and text messages, which can relatively save power compared to the previous LED screen with the backlight of the entire screen turned on.
(2)静电放电(Electronic Static Discharge,ESD),是指具有不同静电电位的物体互相靠近或直接接触引起的电荷转移。(2) Electrostatic discharge (Electronic Static Discharge, ESD) refers to the charge transfer caused by objects with different electrostatic potentials approaching or directly contacting each other.
(3)有机发光二极管(Organic Light Emitting Diode,OLED),又称为有机电激光显示、有机发光半导体。OLED属于一种电流型的有机发光器件,是通过载流子的注入和复合而致发光的现象,发光强度与注入的电流成正比。OLED在电场的作用下,阳极产生的空穴和阴极产生的电子就会发生移动,分别向空穴传输层和电子传输层注入,迁移到发光层。当二者在发光层相遇时,产生能量激子,从而激发发光分子最终产生可见光。(3) Organic Light Emitting Diode (OLED), also known as organic electric laser display, organic light emitting semiconductor. OLED belongs to a current-type organic light-emitting device, which is a phenomenon of luminescence caused by the injection and recombination of carriers, and the luminous intensity is proportional to the injected current. Under the action of the electric field, the holes generated by the anode and the electrons generated by the cathode will move, injected into the hole transport layer and the electron transport layer, respectively, and migrate to the light-emitting layer. When the two meet in the light-emitting layer, energy excitons are generated, thereby exciting the light-emitting molecules and finally producing visible light.
(4)垂直腔面发射激光器(Vertical cavitysurfaceemittinglasers,VCSEL),又译垂直共振腔面射型激光,是一种半导体,其激光垂直于顶面射出,与一般用切开的独立芯片制程,激光由边缘射出的边射型激光有所不同。(4) Vertical cavity surface emitting lasers (VCSELs), also translated as vertical cavity surface emitting lasers, are a kind of semiconductors whose lasers are emitted perpendicular to the top surface. Edge-fired edge-fired lasers are different.
(5)脉宽,(Pulse-Width)脉冲宽度是脉冲宽度的缩写,不同的领域,脉冲宽度有不同 的含义。通常的脉冲宽度是指电子领域中,脉冲所能达到最大值所持续的周期。(5) Pulse width, (Pulse-Width) Pulse width is the abbreviation of pulse width. Different fields have different meanings of pulse width. The usual pulse width refers to the period during which the pulse can reach the maximum value in the field of electronics.
首先,进一步分析本申请所具体要解决的技术问题。在上述全屏下的接近传感器的光学方案中,是利用低发射功率脉冲光源和高灵敏度接收器实现全屏下接近光信号采集,并通过红外接收器探测反射回的红外光强度来判断物体接近程度,当接近到一定距离后即上报接近状态。然而,红外发射器发射的红外光在一定发射功率下,容易在红外光照射OLED显示屏的区域产生亮斑,其明显程度由光源发射功率而定。First, the technical problems to be solved by this application are further analyzed. In the above-mentioned optical scheme of the proximity sensor under the full screen, the low emission power pulse light source and the high sensitivity receiver are used to realize the acquisition of the proximity light signal under the full screen, and the infrared light intensity reflected by the infrared receiver is used to judge the proximity of the object. When it is close to a certain distance, it will report the proximity status. However, under a certain emission power, the infrared light emitted by the infrared emitter is prone to produce bright spots in the area where the infrared light illuminates the OLED display screen, and the apparent degree depends on the emission power of the light source.
因此,为了减少红外光照射OLED显示屏产生的斑点的明显程度,考虑将全屏下红外发射器使用发射功率较低的光源,即降低接近传感器中红外发射器的功率,从而降低在红外光照射OLED显示屏的区域产生斑点的概率,避免影响屏幕显示以及用户使用。Therefore, in order to reduce the obvious degree of spots caused by infrared light irradiating the OLED display screen, consider using a light source with a lower emission power for the infrared emitter under the full screen, that is, reducing the power of the infrared emitter in the proximity sensor, thereby reducing the infrared light illuminating the OLED. The probability of spotting in the area of the display screen to avoid affecting the screen display and user usage.
但是,由于OLED显示屏对红外光透过率较低(如红外发射和接收透过率均在4%左右),因此,可能会导致红外接收器探测到的能量较小即信号量较小,最终导致红外光远离信噪比较小,进而远离距离(即本申请中的亮屏距离阈值)较短、接近距离(即本申请中的灭屏距离阈值)与远离距离差较小。造成手机在离人脸较近距离接听电话时容易造成反复亮灭屏的情况。其中,在本发明实施例中,远离距离是指接近光传感器在检测到用户与显示屏之间的距离大于该远离距离时,则上报为用户为远离状态,接近距离是指接近光传感器在检测到用户与显示屏之间的距离小于该接近距离时,则上报为用户为接近状态;红外光的接近信噪比定义为接近距离与底噪的信号差值除以噪声波动,红外光的远离信噪比定义为远离距离与底噪的信号差值除以噪声波动。其中,底噪就是接近光传感器无遮挡状态下原始数据(Pdata)值。当信噪比≤1时,接近或远离动作的接近光信号变化量淹没在噪声波动中,接近光探测器(红外接收器)无法区分接近、或远离动作,导致手机不能按预定的接近、远离距离实现灭屏、或亮屏功能。具体表现为用户接近手机无法灭屏或用户远离手机无法亮屏;当信噪比>1时,接近或远离动作的接近光信号变化量才能从噪声波动中区分出来,手机才能按预定的接近距离、远离距离实现灭屏、亮屏功能,且信噪比越大成功率越高。However, due to the low transmittance of the OLED display to infrared light (for example, the transmittance of infrared light and the transmittance of infrared light are both about 4%), it may result in a small amount of energy detected by the infrared receiver, that is, a small amount of signal. Eventually, the infrared light far away from the signal to noise ratio is small, and then the far distance (ie the bright screen distance threshold in this application) is short, and the difference between the close distance (ie the screen off distance threshold in the present application) and the far distance is small. As a result, the mobile phone is prone to repeatedly turning on and off the screen when answering a call at a close distance from the face. Among them, in the embodiment of the present invention, the distance of distance means that when the proximity light sensor detects that the distance between the user and the display screen is greater than the distance, it will report that the user is in a distant state, and the proximity distance means that the proximity light sensor is detecting When the distance between the user and the display screen is less than the proximity distance, the user is reported as being in proximity state; the proximity signal-to-noise ratio of infrared light is defined as the signal difference between the proximity distance and the noise floor divided by the noise fluctuation, and the distance of the infrared light away The signal-to-noise ratio is defined as the difference between the signal distance and the noise floor divided by the noise fluctuation. Among them, the noise floor is the raw data (Pdata) value in the unobstructed state of the proximity light sensor. When the signal-to-noise ratio is less than or equal to 1, the change amount of the approaching light signal of the approaching or moving away action is submerged in the noise fluctuation, and the approaching light detector (infrared receiver) cannot distinguish the approaching or moving away action, resulting in the mobile phone not being able to approach and leave according to the predetermined approach. Distance to achieve screen-off or screen-on function. The specific performance is that the user can't turn off the screen when approaching the mobile phone or the user can't brighten the screen when the user is far away from the mobile phone; when the signal-to-noise ratio is greater than 1, the change amount of the approaching light signal of the approaching or moving away action can be distinguished from the noise fluctuation, and the mobile phone can only press the predetermined approach distance. , The screen off and bright screen functions are realized far away, and the greater the signal-to-noise ratio, the higher the success rate.
由此可见上述解决方案的缺陷:无法兼顾显示屏亮斑闪烁问题与远离场景亮灭屏性能体验问题。This shows the shortcomings of the above solutions: the problem of flickering of bright spots on the display screen and the performance experience of bright and off-screen performance far away from the scene cannot be taken into account.
综上所述,本申请实际要解决的技术问题具体包括如下方面:如何在全屏下接近传感器的光学方案中,在解决显示屏中存在亮斑闪烁的前提下,解决探测的远离信噪比较小,导致远离距离较短、接近距离与远离距离差较小,造成用户在通过手机接听电话(包括即时语音通信或非即时语音通信等)时易反复亮灭屏的问题。To sum up, the technical problems to be solved in this application specifically include the following aspects: how to solve the problem of far-from-signal-to-noise comparison of detection on the premise of solving the bright spot flicker in the display screen in the optical solution of the proximity sensor in the full screen Small, resulting in a short distance away and a small difference between the close distance and the far distance, causing the user to repeatedly turn on and off the screen when answering calls (including instant voice communication or non-instant voice communication, etc.) through the mobile phone.
基于上述,本发明实施例提供一种电子设备。图1A示出了电子设备100的结构示意图。Based on the above, an embodiment of the present invention provides an electronic device. FIG. 1A shows a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100 .
电子设备100可以包括处理器110,外部存储器接口120,内部存储器121,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口130,充电管理模块140,电源管理模块141,电池142,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,传感器模块180,按键190,马达191,指示器192,3D摄像模组193,显示屏194,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A,陀螺仪传感器180B,气压传感器180C,磁传感器180D,加速度传感器180E,距离传感器180F,接近光传感器180G,指纹传感器180G,温度传感器180J,触摸传感器180K,环境光传感器180L,骨传导传感器180M等。The electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charge management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2 , mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, buttons 190, motor 191, indicator 192, 3D camera module 193, display screen 194, and a subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195 and so on. The sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180G, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light. Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
可以理解的是,本发明实施例示意的结构并不构成对电子设备100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that, the structures illustrated in the embodiments of the present invention do not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100 . In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may include more or less components than shown, or combine some components, or separate some components, or arrange different components. The illustrated components may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU),调制解调处理器,图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,存储器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。在一些实施例中,电子设备100也可以包括一个或多个处理器110。进一步地,处理器100还可被实现为片上系统(System on Chip,SoC)。The processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example, the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a graphics processing unit (graphics processing unit, GPU) , neural-network processing unit (NPU), modem processor, image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor) processor, DSP), baseband processor, etc. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors. In some embodiments, electronic device 100 may also include one or more processors 110 . Further, the processor 100 may also be implemented as a System on Chip (SoC).
其中,控制器可以是电子设备100的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。The controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 100 . The controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction operation code and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
处理器110中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器110的等待时间,因而提高了电子设备100的效率。A memory may also be provided in the processor 110 for storing instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in processor 110 is cache memory. This memory may hold instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110 . If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thereby improving the efficiency of the electronic device 100 .
在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。In some embodiments, the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces. The interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transceiver (universal asynchronous transmitter) receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and / or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
I2C接口是一种双向同步串行总线,包括一根串行数据线(serial data line,SDA)和一根串行时钟线(derail clock line,SCL)。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2C总线。处理器110可以通过不同的I2C总线接口分别耦合触摸传感器180K,充电器,闪光灯,3D摄像模组193等。例如:处理器110可以通过I2C接口耦合触摸传感器180K,使处理器110与触摸传感器180K通过I2C总线接口通信,实现电子设备100的触摸功能。The I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus that includes a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (SCL). In some embodiments, the processor 110 may contain multiple sets of I2C buses. The processor 110 can be respectively coupled to the touch sensor 180K, the charger, the flash, the 3D camera module 193 and the like through different I2C bus interfaces. For example, the processor 110 may couple the touch sensor 180K through the I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate with each other through the I2C bus interface, so as to realize the touch function of the electronic device 100 .
I2S接口可以用于音频通信。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2S总线。处理器110可以通过I2S总线与音频模块170耦合,实现处理器110与音频模块170之间的通信。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过I2S接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。The I2S interface can be used for audio communication. In some embodiments, the processor 110 may contain multiple sets of I2S buses. The processor 110 may be coupled with the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170 . In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through a Bluetooth headset.
PCM接口也可以用于音频通信,将模拟信号抽样,量化和编码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170与无线通信模块160可以通过PCM总线接口耦合。在一些实施例中,音频模块170也可以通过PCM接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。所述I2S接口和所述PCM接口都可以用于音频通信。The PCM interface can also be used for audio communications, sampling, quantizing and encoding analog signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
UART接口是一种通用串行数据总线,用于异步通信。该总线可以为双向通信总线。它将要传输的数据在串行通信与并行通信之间转换。在一些实施例中,UART接口通常被用于连接处理器110与无线通信模块160。例如:处理器110通过UART接口与无线通信模块160中的蓝牙模块通信,实现蓝牙功能。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过UART接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机播放音乐的功能。The UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication. The bus may be a bidirectional communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication. In some embodiments, a UART interface is typically used to connect the processor 110 with the wireless communication module 160 . For example, the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to implement the Bluetooth function. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through the Bluetooth headset.
MIPI接口可以被用于连接处理器110与显示屏194,3D摄像模组193等外围器件。MIPI接口包括摄像头串行接口(camera serial interface,CSI),显示屏串行接口(display serial interface,DSI)等。在一些实施例中,处理器110和3D摄像模组193通过CSI接口通信,实现电子设备100的摄像功能。处理器110和显示屏194通过DSI接口通信,实现电子设备100的显示功能。The MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with peripheral devices such as the display screen 194 and the 3D camera module 193 . MIPI interfaces include camera serial interface (CSI), display serial interface (DSI), etc. In some embodiments, the processor 110 communicates with the 3D camera module 193 through a CSI interface to implement the camera function of the electronic device 100 . The processor 110 communicates with the display screen 194 through the DSI interface to implement the display function of the electronic device 100 .
GPIO接口可以通过软件配置。GPIO接口可以被配置为控制信号,也可被配置为数据信号。在一些实施例中,GPIO接口可以用于连接处理器110与3D摄像模组193,显示屏194,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,传感器模块180等。GPIO接口还可以被配置为I2C接口,I2S接口,UART接口,MIPI接口等。The GPIO interface can be configured by software. The GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal. In some embodiments, the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the 3D camera module 193 , the display screen 194 , the wireless communication module 160 , the audio module 170 , the sensor module 180 and the like. The GPIO interface can also be configured as I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
USB接口130是符合USB标准规范的接口,具体可以是Mini USB接口,Micro USB接口,USB Type C接口等。USB接口130可以用于连接充电器为电子设备100充电,也可以用于电子设备100与外围设备之间传输数据。也可以用于连接耳机,通过耳机播放音频。该接口还可以用于连接其他电子设备,例如AR设备等。The USB interface 130 is an interface that conforms to the USB standard specification, and may specifically be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and the like. The USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 100, and can also be used to transmit data between the electronic device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones to play audio through the headphones. The interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
可以理解的是,本发明实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系,只是示意性说明,并不构成对电子设备100的结构限定。在另一些实施例中,电子设备100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式,或多种接口连接方式的组合。It can be understood that the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100 . In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection manners in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection manners.
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过USB接口130接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过电子设备100的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块140为电池142充电的同时,还可以通过电源管理模块141为电子设备供电。The charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger. The charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger. In some wired charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 . In some wireless charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through a wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100 . While the charging management module 140 charges the battery 142 , it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 141 .
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142,充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入,为处理器110,内部存储器121,外部存储器,显示屏194,3D摄像模组193,和无线通信模块160等供电。电源管理模块141还可以用于监测电池容量,电池循环次数,电池健康状态(漏电,阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中,电源管理模块141也可以设置于处理器110中。在另一些实施例中,电源管理模块141和充电管理模块140也可以设置于同一个器件中。The power management module 141 is used for connecting the battery 142 , the charging management module 140 and the processor 110 . The power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the external memory, the display screen 194, the 3D camera module 193, and the wireless communication module 160. The power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, battery health status (leakage, impedance). In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110 . In other embodiments, the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be provided in the same device.
电子设备100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 may be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modulation and demodulation processor, the baseband processor, and the like.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。电子设备100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in electronic device 100 may be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization. For example, the antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of the wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 150 may provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G etc. applied on the electronic device 100 . The mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA) and the like. The mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves from the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to the modulation and demodulation processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modulation and demodulation processor, and then turn it into an electromagnetic wave for radiation through the antenna 1 . In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110 . In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the same device as at least part of the modules of the processor 110 .
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解 调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A,受话器170B等)输出声音信号,或通过显示屏194显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110,与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。The modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Wherein, the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low frequency baseband signal. The demodulator then transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. The low frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor and passed to the application processor. The application processor outputs sound signals through audio devices (not limited to the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, etc.), or displays images or videos through the display screen 194 . In some embodiments, the modem processor may be a stand-alone device. In other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110, and may be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。示例性地,无线通信模块160可以包括蓝牙模块、Wi-Fi模块等。The wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), global navigation satellites Wireless communication solutions such as global navigation satellite system (GNSS), frequency modulation (FM), near field communication (NFC), and infrared technology (IR). The wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 . The wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110 , perform frequency modulation on it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation through the antenna 2 . Exemplarily, the wireless communication module 160 may include a Bluetooth module, a Wi-Fi module, and the like.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合,天线2和无线通信模块160耦合,使得电子设备100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM),通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS),码分多址接入(code division multiple access,CDMA),宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA),时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access,TD-SCDMA),长期演进(long term evolution,LTE),BT,GNSS,WLAN,NFC,FM,和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system,GPS),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GLONASS),北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system,BDS),准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system,QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems,SBAS)。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled with the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology. The wireless communication technologies may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), Time Division Code Division Multiple Access (TD-SCDMA), Long Term Evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc. The GNSS may include a global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), a global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), a Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), a quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite based augmentation systems (SBAS).
电子设备100通过GPU,显示屏194,以及应用处理器等可以实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行指令以生成或改变显示信息。The electronic device 100 can implement a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like. The GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. The GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering. Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute instructions to generate or change display information.
显示屏194用于显示图像,视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode的,AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode,FLED),Miniled,MicroLed,Micro-oLed,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)等。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194,N为大于1的正整数。 Display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, and the like. Display screen 194 includes a display panel. The display panel can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode or an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light). emitting diode, AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (quantum dot light emitting diodes, QLED) and so on. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include one or N display screens 194 , where N is a positive integer greater than one.
电子设备100可以通过3D摄像模组193,ISP,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏194以及应用处理器AP、神经网络处理器NPU等实现摄像功能。The electronic device 100 can realize the camera function through the 3D camera module 193, the ISP, the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 194, the application processor AP, the neural network processor NPU, and the like.
3D摄像模组193可用于采集拍摄对象的彩色图像数据以及深度数据。ISP可用于处理3D摄像模组193采集的彩色图像数据。例如,拍照时,打开快门,光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上,光信号转换为电信号,摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理,转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点,亮度,肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光,色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中,ISP可以设置在3D摄像模组193中。The 3D camera module 193 can be used to collect color image data and depth data of the photographed object. The ISP can be used to process the color image data collected by the 3D camera module 193 . For example, when taking a photo, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the camera photosensitive element through the lens, the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the camera photosensitive element transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, and skin tone. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be provided in the 3D camera module 193 .
在一些实施例中,3D摄像模组193可以由彩色摄像模组和3D感测模组组成。In some embodiments, the 3D camera module 193 may be composed of a color camera module and a 3D sensing module.
在一些实施例中,彩色摄像模组的摄像头的感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device,CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor,CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号,之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB,YUV等格式的图像信号。In some embodiments, the photosensitive element of the camera of the color camera module may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. The ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats of image signals.
在一些实施例中,3D感测模组可以是(time of flight,TOF)3D感测模块或结构光(structured light)3D感测模块。其中,结构光3D感测是一种主动式深度感测技术,结构光3D感测模组的基本零组件可包括红外线(Infrared)发射器、IR相机模等。结构光3D感测模组的工作原理是先对被拍摄物体发射特定图案的光斑(pattern),再接收该物体表面上的光斑图案编码(light coding),进而比对与原始投射光斑的异同,并利用三角原理计算出物体的三维坐标。该三维坐标中就包括电子设备100距离被拍摄物体的距离。其中,TOF 3D感测也是主动式深度感测技术,TOF 3D感测模组的基本组件可包括红外线(Infrared)发射器、IR相机模等。TOF 3D感测模组的工作原理是通过红外线折返的时间去计算TOF 3D感测模组跟被拍摄物体之间的距离(即深度),以得到3D景深图。In some embodiments, the 3D sensing module may be a time of flight (TOF) 3D sensing module or a structured light (structured light) 3D sensing module. The structured light 3D sensing is an active depth sensing technology, and the basic components of the structured light 3D sensing module may include an infrared (Infrared) emitter, an IR camera module, and the like. The working principle of the structured light 3D sensing module is to first emit a light spot of a specific pattern on the object to be photographed, and then receive the light coding of the light spot pattern on the surface of the object, and then compare the similarities and differences with the original projected light spot. And use the principle of trigonometry to calculate the three-dimensional coordinates of the object. The three-dimensional coordinates include the distance between the electronic device 100 and the object to be photographed. Among them, TOF 3D sensing is also an active depth sensing technology, and the basic components of the TOF 3D sensing module may include an infrared (Infrared) transmitter, an IR camera module, and the like. The working principle of the TOF 3D sensing module is to calculate the distance (ie depth) between the TOF 3D sensing module and the object to be photographed through the time of infrared reentry to obtain a 3D depth map.
结构光3D感测模组还可应用于人脸识别、体感游戏机、工业用机器视觉检测等领域。TOF 3D感测模组还可应用于游戏机、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)/虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)等领域。Structured light 3D sensing modules can also be used in face recognition, somatosensory game consoles, industrial machine vision detection and other fields. TOF 3D sensing modules can also be applied to game consoles, augmented reality (AR)/virtual reality (VR) and other fields.
在另一些实施例中,3D摄像模组193还可以由两个或更多个摄像头构成。这两个或更多个摄像头可包括彩色摄像头,彩色摄像头可用于采集被拍摄物体的彩色图像数据。这两个或更多个摄像头可采用立体视觉(stereo vision)技术来采集被拍摄物体的深度数据。立体视觉技术是基于人眼视差的原理,在自然光源下,透过两个或两个以上的摄像头从不同的角度对同一物体拍摄影像,再进行三角测量法等运算来得到电子设备100与被拍摄物之间的距离信息,即深度信息。In other embodiments, the 3D camera module 193 may also be composed of two or more cameras. The two or more cameras may include color cameras, and the color cameras may be used to collect color image data of the photographed object. The two or more cameras may use stereo vision technology to collect depth data of the photographed object. Stereoscopic vision technology is based on the principle of human eye parallax. Under natural light sources, two or more cameras are used to capture images of the same object from different angles, and then operations such as triangulation are performed to obtain the electronic device 100 and the object. The distance information between the objects, that is, the depth information.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括1个或N个3D摄像模组193,N为大于1的正整数。具体的,电子设备100可以包括1个前置3D摄像模组193以及1个后置3D摄像模组193。其中,前置3D摄像模组193通常可用于采集面对显示屏194的拍摄者自己的彩色图像数据以及深度数据,后置3D摄像模组可用于采集拍摄者所面对的拍摄对象(如人物、风景等)的彩色图像数据以及深度数据。In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include one or N 3D camera modules 193 , where N is a positive integer greater than one. Specifically, the electronic device 100 may include a front 3D camera module 193 and a rear 3D camera module 193 . Among them, the front 3D camera module 193 can usually be used to collect the color image data and depth data of the photographer facing the display screen 194, and the rear 3D camera module can be used to collect the shooting objects (such as people) that the photographer faces. , landscape, etc.) color image data and depth data.
在一些实施例中,处理器110中的CPU或GPU或NPU可以对3D摄像模组193所采集的彩色图像数据和深度数据进行处理。在一些实施例中,NPU可以通过骨骼点识别技术所基于的神经网络算法,例如卷积神经网络算法(CNN),来识别3D摄像模组193(具体是彩色摄像模组)所采集的彩色图像数据,以确定被拍摄人物的骨骼点。CPU或GPU也可来运行神经网络算法以实现根据彩色图像数据确定被拍摄人物的骨骼点。在一些实施例中,CPU或GPU或NPU还可用于根据3D摄像模组193(具体是3D感测模组)所采集的深度数据和已识别出的骨骼点来确认被拍摄人物的身材(如身体比例、骨骼点之间的身体部位的胖瘦情况),并可以进一步确定针对该被拍摄人物的身体美化参数,最终根据该身体美化参数对被拍摄人物的拍摄图像进行处理,以使得该拍摄图像中该被拍摄人物的体型被美化。后续实施例中会详细介绍如何基于3D摄像模组193所采集的彩色图像数据和深度数据对被拍摄人物的图像进行美体处理,这里先不赘述。In some embodiments, the CPU or GPU or NPU in the processor 110 may process the color image data and depth data collected by the 3D camera module 193 . In some embodiments, the NPU can recognize the color images collected by the 3D camera module 193 (specifically, the color camera module) through a neural network algorithm based on the skeletal point recognition technology, such as a convolutional neural network algorithm (CNN). data to determine the skeletal points of the person being photographed. The CPU or GPU can also run the neural network algorithm to realize the determination of the skeletal points of the photographed person according to the color image data. In some embodiments, the CPU, GPU or NPU can also be used to confirm the body of the person being photographed (eg body proportion, the fatness and thinness of the body parts between the skeleton points), and can further determine the body beautification parameters for the photographed person, and finally process the photographed image of the photographed person according to the body beautification parameters, so that the shooting The image of the subject's body shape is beautified. Subsequent embodiments will introduce in detail how to perform body beautification processing on the image of the photographed person based on the color image data and depth data collected by the 3D camera module 193 , which will not be described here.
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号,除了可以处理数字图像信号,还可以处理其他数字 信号。例如,当电子设备100在频点选择时,数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。A digital signal processor is used to process digital signals, in addition to processing digital image signals, it can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the frequency point energy and so on.
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。电子设备100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样,电子设备100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频,例如:动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group,MPEG)-1,MPEG-2,MPEG-3,MPEG-4等。Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video. The electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in various encoding formats, such as: Moving Picture Experts Group (moving picture experts group, MPEG)-1, MPEG-2, MPEG-3, MPEG-4 and so on.
NPU为神经网络(neural-network,NN)计算处理器,通过借鉴生物神经网络结构,例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式,对输入信息快速处理,还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现电子设备100的智能认知等应用,例如:图像识别,人脸识别,语音识别,文本理解等。The NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor. By drawing on the structure of biological neural networks, such as the transfer mode between neurons in the human brain, it can quickly process the input information, and can continuously learn by itself. Applications such as intelligent cognition of the electronic device 100 can be implemented through the NPU, such as image recognition, face recognition, speech recognition, text understanding, and the like.
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展电子设备100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信,实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐、照片、视频等数据保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100 . The external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to realize the data storage function. For example, save data such as music, photos, videos, etc. in an external memory card.
内部存储器121可以用于存储一个或多个计算机程序,该一个或多个计算机程序包括指令。处理器110可以通过运行存储在内部存储器121的上述指令,从而使得电子设备100执行本申请一些实施例中所提供的电子设备的拍照预览方法,以及各种功能应用以及数据处理等。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统;该存储程序区还可以存储一个或多个应用程序(比如图库、联系人等)等。存储数据区可存储电子设备100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如照片,联系人等)。此外,内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage,UFS)等。Internal memory 121 may be used to store one or more computer programs including instructions. The processor 110 can execute the above-mentioned instructions stored in the internal memory 121, thereby causing the electronic device 100 to execute the method for photographing and previewing the electronic device provided in some embodiments of the present application, as well as various functional applications and data processing. The internal memory 121 may include a storage program area and a storage data area. Wherein, the stored program area may store the operating system; the stored program area may also store one or more application programs (such as gallery, contacts, etc.) and the like. The storage data area may store data (such as photos, contacts, etc.) created during the use of the electronic device 100 . In addition, the internal memory 121 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (UFS), and the like.
电子设备100可以通过音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放,录音等。The electronic device 100 may implement audio functions through an audio module 170, a speaker 170A, a receiver 170B, a microphone 170C, an earphone interface 170D, an application processor, and the like. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中,或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。The audio module 170 is used for converting digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and also for converting analog audio input into digital audio signal. Audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110 , or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110 .
扬声器170A,也称“喇叭”,用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。电子设备100可以通过扬声器170A收听音乐,或收听免提通话。 Speaker 170A, also referred to as a "speaker", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. The electronic device 100 can listen to music through the speaker 170A, or listen to a hands-free call.
受话器170B,也称“听筒”,用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当电子设备100接听电话或语音信息时,可以通过将受话器170B靠近人耳接听语音。The receiver 170B, also referred to as "earpiece", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. When the electronic device 100 answers a call or a voice message, the voice can be answered by placing the receiver 170B close to the human ear.
麦克风170C,也称“话筒”,“传声器”,用于将声音信号转换为电信号。当拨打电话或发送语音信息时,用户可以通过人嘴靠近麦克风170C发声,将声音信号输入到麦克风170C。电子设备100可以设置至少一个麦克风170C。在另一些实施例中,电子设备100可以设置两个麦克风170C,除了采集声音信号,还可以实现降噪功能。在另一些实施例中,电子设备100还可以设置三个,四个或更多麦克风170C,实现采集声音信号,降噪,还可以识别声音来源,实现定向录音功能等。The microphone 170C, also called "microphone" or "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a call or sending a voice message, the user can make a sound by approaching the microphone 170C through a human mouth, and input the sound signal into the microphone 170C. The electronic device 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which can implement a noise reduction function in addition to collecting sound signals. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may further be provided with three, four or more microphones 170C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and implement directional recording functions.
耳机接口170D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口170D可以是USB接口130,也可以是3.5mm的开放移动电子设备平台(open mobile terminal platform,OMTP)标准接口,美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA,CTIA)标准接口。The earphone jack 170D is used to connect wired earphones. The earphone interface 170D can be the USB interface 130, or can be a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, a cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.
压力传感器180A用于感受压力信号,可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中,压力传感器180A可以设置于显示屏194。压力传感器180A的种类很多,如电阻式压力传感器,电感式压力传感器,电容式压力传感器等。电容式压力传感器可以是包括至少两个具有 导电材料的平行板。当有力作用于压力传感器180A,电极之间的电容改变。电子设备100根据电容的变化确定压力的强度。当有触摸操作作用于显示屏194,电子设备100根据压力传感器180A检测所述触摸操作强度。电子设备100也可以根据压力传感器180A的检测信号计算触摸的位置。在一些实施例中,作用于相同触摸位置,但不同触摸操作强度的触摸操作,可以对应不同的操作指令。例如:当有触摸操作强度小于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行查看短消息的指令。当有触摸操作强度大于或等于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行新建短消息的指令。The pressure sensor 180A is used to sense pressure signals, and can convert the pressure signals into electrical signals. In some embodiments, the pressure sensor 180A may be provided on the display screen 194 . There are many types of pressure sensors 180A, such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, capacitive pressure sensors, and the like. The capacitive pressure sensor may be comprised of at least two parallel plates of conductive material. When a force is applied to the pressure sensor 180A, the capacitance between the electrodes changes. The electronic device 100 determines the intensity of the pressure according to the change in capacitance. When a touch operation acts on the display screen 194, the electronic device 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A. The electronic device 100 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A. In some embodiments, touch operations acting on the same touch position but with different touch operation intensities may correspond to different operation instructions. For example, when a touch operation whose intensity is less than the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, the instruction for viewing the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, the instruction to create a new short message is executed.
陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定电子设备100的运动姿态。在一些实施例中,可以通过陀螺仪传感器180B确定电子设备100围绕三个轴(即,x,y和z轴)的角速度。陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于拍摄防抖。示例性的,当按下快门,陀螺仪传感器180B检测电子设备100抖动的角度,根据角度计算出镜头模组需要补偿的距离,让镜头通过反向运动抵消电子设备100的抖动,实现防抖。陀螺仪传感器180B还可以用于导航,体感游戏场景。The gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the motion attitude of the electronic device 100 . In some embodiments, the angular velocity of electronic device 100 about three axes (ie, x, y, and z axes) may be determined by gyro sensor 180B. The gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization. Exemplarily, when the shutter is pressed, the gyro sensor 180B detects the shaking angle of the electronic device 100, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to offset the shaking of the electronic device 100 through reverse motion to achieve anti-shake. The gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenarios.
气压传感器180C用于测量气压。在一些实施例中,电子设备100通过气压传感器180C测得的气压值计算海拔高度,辅助定位和导航。The air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 calculates the altitude through the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist in positioning and navigation.
磁传感器180D包括霍尔传感器。电子设备100可以利用磁传感器180D检测翻盖皮套的开合。在一些实施例中,当电子设备100是翻盖机时,电子设备100可以根据磁传感器180D检测翻盖的开合。进而根据检测到的皮套的开合状态或翻盖的开合状态,设置翻盖自动解锁等特性。The magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor. The electronic device 100 can detect the opening and closing of the flip holster using the magnetic sensor 180D. In some embodiments, when the electronic device 100 is a flip machine, the electronic device 100 can detect the opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 180D. Further, according to the detected opening and closing state of the leather case or the opening and closing state of the flip cover, characteristics such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
加速度传感器180E可检测电子设备100在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。当电子设备100静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向。还可以用于识别电子设备姿态,应用于横竖屏切换,计步器等应用。The acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes). The magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected when the electronic device 100 is stationary. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and can be used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, etc.
距离传感器180F,用于测量距离。电子设备100可以通过红外或激光测量距离。在一些实施例中,拍摄场景,电子设备100可以利用距离传感器180F测距以实现快速对焦。Distance sensor 180F for measuring distance. The electronic device 100 can measure the distance through infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device 100 can use the distance sensor 180F to measure the distance to achieve fast focusing.
接近光传感器180G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器,例如光电二极管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。电子设备100通过发光二极管向外发射红外光。电子设备100使用光电二极管检测来自附近物体的红外反射光。当检测到充分的反射光时,可以确定电子设备100附近有物体。当检测到不充分的反射光时,电子设备100可以确定电子设备100附近没有物体。电子设备100可以利用接近光传感器180G检测用户手持电子设备100贴近耳朵通话,以便自动熄灭屏幕达到省电的目的。接近光传感器180G也可用于皮套模式,口袋模式自动解锁与锁屏。 Proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, light emitting diodes (LEDs) and light detectors, such as photodiodes. The light emitting diodes may be infrared light emitting diodes. The electronic device 100 emits infrared light to the outside through the light emitting diode. Electronic device 100 uses photodiodes to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the electronic device 100 . When insufficient reflected light is detected, the electronic device 100 may determine that there is no object near the electronic device 100 . The electronic device 100 can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user holds the electronic device 100 close to the ear to talk, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power. Proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in holster mode, pocket mode automatically unlocks and locks the screen.
环境光传感器180L用于感知环境光亮度。电子设备100可以根据感知的环境光亮度自适应调节显示屏194亮度。环境光传感器180L也可用于拍照时自动调节白平衡。环境光传感器180L还可以与接近光传感器180G配合,检测电子设备100是否在口袋里,以防误触。The ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense ambient light brightness. The electronic device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived ambient light brightness. The ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures. The ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the electronic device 100 is in a pocket, so as to prevent accidental touch.
指纹传感器180G用于采集指纹。电子设备100可以利用采集的指纹特性实现指纹解锁,访问应用锁,指纹拍照,指纹接听来电等。The fingerprint sensor 180G is used to collect fingerprints. The electronic device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to realize fingerprint unlocking, accessing application locks, taking pictures with fingerprints, answering incoming calls with fingerprints, and the like.
温度传感器180J用于检测温度。在一些实施例中,电子设备100利用温度传感器180J检测的温度,执行温度处理策略。例如,当温度传感器180J上报的温度超过阈值,电子设备100执行降低位于温度传感器180J附近的处理器的性能,以便降低功耗实施热保护。在另一些实施例中,当温度低于另一阈值时,电子设备100对电池142加热,以避免低温导致电子设备100异常关机。在其他一些实施例中,当温度低于又一阈值时,电子设备100对电池142的输出电压执行升压,以避免低温导致的异常关机。The temperature sensor 180J is used to detect the temperature. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to execute a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds a threshold value, the electronic device 100 reduces the performance of the processor located near the temperature sensor 180J in order to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection. In other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 heats the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the electronic device 100 caused by the low temperature. In some other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 boosts the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
触摸传感器180K,也可称触控面板或触敏表面。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194,由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏,也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器,以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏194提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中,触摸传感器180K也可以设置于电子设备100的表面,与显示屏194所处的位置不同。The touch sensor 180K may also be referred to as a touch panel or a touch sensitive surface. The touch sensor 180K may be disposed on the display screen 194 , and the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, also called a “touch screen”. The touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation on or near it. The touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event. Visual output related to touch operations may be provided through display screen 194 . In other embodiments, the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100 , which is different from the location where the display screen 194 is located.
骨传导传感器180M可以获取振动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器180M可以获取人体声部振动骨块的振动信号。骨传导传感器180M也可以接触人体脉搏,接收血压跳动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器180M也可以设置于耳机中,结合成骨传导耳机。音频模块170可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的声部振动骨块的振动信号,解析出语音信号,实现语音功能。应用处理器可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的血压跳动信号解析心率信息,实现心率检测功能。The bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice. The bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the pulse of the human body and receive the blood pressure beating signal. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M can also be disposed in the earphone, combined with the bone conduction earphone. The audio module 170 can analyze the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vocal vibration bone block obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, so as to realize the voice function. The application processor can analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beat signal obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the function of heart rate detection.
按键190包括开机键,音量键等。按键190可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。电子设备100可以接收按键输入,产生与电子设备100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。The keys 190 include a power-on key, a volume key, and the like. Keys 190 may be mechanical keys. It can also be a touch key. The electronic device 100 may receive key inputs and generate key signal inputs related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100 .
马达191可以产生振动提示。马达191可以用于来电振动提示,也可以用于触摸振动反馈。例如,作用于不同应用(例如拍照,音频播放等)的触摸操作,可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。作用于显示屏194不同区域的触摸操作,马达191也可对应不同的振动反馈效果。不同的应用场景(例如:时间提醒,接收信息,闹钟,游戏等)也可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。触摸振动反馈效果还可以支持自定义。Motor 191 can generate vibrating cues. The motor 191 can be used for vibrating alerts for incoming calls, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback. For example, touch operations acting on different applications (such as taking pictures, playing audio, etc.) can correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The motor 191 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects for touch operations on different areas of the display screen 194 . Different application scenarios (for example: time reminder, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.) can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
指示器192可以是指示灯,可以用于指示充电状态,电量变化,也可以用于指示消息,未接来电,通知等。The indicator 192 can be an indicator light, which can be used to indicate the charging state, the change of the power, and can also be used to indicate a message, a missed call, a notification, and the like.
SIM卡接口195用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口195,或从SIM卡接口195拔出,实现和电子设备100的接触和分离。电子设备100可以支持1个或N个S IM卡接口,N为大于1的正整数。SIM卡接口195可以支持Nano SIM卡,Micro SIM卡,SIM卡等。同一个SIM卡接口195可以同时插入多张卡。所述多张卡的类型可以相同,也可以不同。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容不同类型的SIM卡。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容外部存储卡。电子设备100通过SIM卡和网络交互,实现通话以及数据通信等功能。在一些实施例中,电子设备100采用eSIM,即:嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在电子设备100中,不能和电子设备100分离。The SIM card interface 195 is used to connect a SIM card. The SIM card can be contacted and separated from the electronic device 100 by inserting into the SIM card interface 195 or pulling out from the SIM card interface 195 . The electronic device 100 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, where N is a positive integer greater than 1. The SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM card, Micro SIM card, SIM card and so on. Multiple cards can be inserted into the same SIM card interface 195 at the same time. The types of the plurality of cards may be the same or different. The SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards. The SIM card interface 195 is also compatible with external memory cards. The electronic device 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as call and data communication. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 employs an eSIM, ie: an embedded SIM card. The eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 100 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 100 .
图1A示例性所示的电子设备100可以通过显示屏194显示以下各个实施例中所描述的各个用户界面。电子设备100可以通过触摸传感器180K在各个用户界面中检测触控操作,例如在各个用户界面中的点击操作(如在图标上的触摸操作、双击操作),又例如在各个用户界面中的向上或向下的滑动操作,或执行画圆圈手势的操作,等等。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以通过陀螺仪传感器180B、加速度传感器180E等检测用户手持电子设备100执行的运动手势,例如晃动电子设备。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以通过3D摄像模组193(如3D摄像头、深度摄像头)检测非触控的手势操作。The electronic device 100 exemplarily shown in FIG. 1A may display various user interfaces described in various embodiments below through the display screen 194 . The electronic device 100 can detect a touch operation in each user interface through the touch sensor 180K, for example, a click operation (such as a touch operation on an icon, a double-click operation) in each user interface, and, for example, an up or down operation in each user interface. Swipe down, perform a circle gesture, etc. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may detect a motion gesture performed by the user holding the electronic device 100, such as shaking the electronic device, through the gyro sensor 180B, the acceleration sensor 180E, and the like. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 can detect non-touch gesture operations through the 3D camera module 193 (eg, a 3D camera, a depth camera).
电子设备100的软件系统可以采用分层架构,事件驱动架构,微核架构,微服务架构,或云架构。本发明实施例以分层架构的Android系统为例,示例性说明电子设备100的软件结构。The software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud architecture. The embodiment of the present invention takes an Android system with a layered architecture as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100 as an example.
图1B是本发明实施例的电子设备100的软件结构框图。FIG. 1B is a block diagram of a software structure of an electronic device 100 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
分层架构将软件分成若干个层,每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中,将Android系统分为四层,从上至下分别为应用程序层,应用程序框架层,安卓运行时(Android runtime)和系统库,以及内核层。The layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Layers communicate with each other through software interfaces. In some embodiments, the Android system is divided into four layers, which are, from top to bottom, an application layer, an application framework layer, an Android runtime (Android runtime) and a system library, and a kernel layer.
应用程序层可以包括一系列应用程序包。The application layer can include a series of application packages.
如图1B所示,应用程序包可以包括相机,图库,日历,通话,地图,导航,WLAN,蓝牙,音乐,视频,短信息等应用程序。As shown in Fig. 1B, the application package may include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, short message, etc.
应用程序框架层为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface,API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。The application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer. The application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
如图1B所示,应用程序框架层可以包括窗口管理器,内容提供器,视图系统,电话管理器,资源管理器,通知管理器等。As shown in FIG. 1B, the application framework layer may include window managers, content providers, view systems, telephony managers, resource managers, notification managers, and the like.
窗口管理器用于管理窗口程序。窗口管理器可以获取显示屏大小,判断是否有状态栏,锁定屏幕,截取屏幕等。A window manager is used to manage window programs. The window manager can get the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, take screenshots, etc.
内容提供器用来存放和获取数据,并使这些数据可以被应用程序访问。所述数据可以包括视频,图像,音频,拨打和接听的电话,浏览历史和书签,电话簿等。Content providers are used to store and retrieve data and make these data accessible to applications. The data may include video, images, audio, calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone book, etc.
视图系统包括可视控件,例如显示文字的控件,显示图片的控件等。视图系统可用于构建应用程序。显示界面可以由一个或多个视图组成的。例如,包括短信通知图标的显示界面,可以包括显示文字的视图以及显示图片的视图。The view system includes visual controls, such as controls for displaying text, controls for displaying pictures, and so on. View systems can be used to build applications. A display interface can consist of one or more views. For example, the display interface including the short message notification icon may include a view for displaying text and a view for displaying pictures.
电话管理器用于提供电子设备100的通信功能。例如通话状态的管理(包括接通,挂断等)。The phone manager is used to provide the communication function of the electronic device 100 . For example, the management of call status (including connecting, hanging up, etc.).
资源管理器为应用程序提供各种资源,比如本地化字符串,图标,图片,布局文件,视频文件等等。The resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localization strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files and so on.
通知管理器使应用程序可以在状态栏中显示通知信息,可以用于传达告知类型的消息,可以短暂停留后自动消失,无需用户交互。比如通知管理器被用于告知下载完成,消息提醒等。通知管理器还可以是以图表或者滚动条文本形式出现在系统顶部状态栏的通知,例如后台运行的应用程序的通知,还可以是以对话窗口形式出现在屏幕上的通知。例如在状态栏提示文本信息,发出提示音,电子设备振动,指示灯闪烁等。The notification manager enables applications to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and can disappear automatically after a brief pause without user interaction. For example, the notification manager is used to notify download completion, message reminders, etc. The notification manager can also display notifications in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of graphs or scroll bar text, such as notifications of applications running in the background, and notifications on the screen in the form of dialog windows. For example, text information is prompted in the status bar, a prompt sound is issued, the electronic device vibrates, and the indicator light flashes.
Android Runtime包括核心库和虚拟机。Android runtime负责安卓系统的调度和管理。Android Runtime includes core libraries and a virtual machine. Android runtime is responsible for scheduling and management of the Android system.
核心库包含两部分:一部分是java语言需要调用的功能函数,另一部分是安卓的核心库。The core library consists of two parts: one is the function functions that the java language needs to call, and the other is the core library of Android.
应用程序层和应用程序框架层运行在虚拟机中。虚拟机将应用程序层和应用程序框架层的java文件执行为二进制文件。虚拟机用于执行对象生命周期的管理,堆栈管理,线程管理,安全和异常的管理,以及垃圾回收等功能。The application layer and the application framework layer run in virtual machines. The virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and the application framework layer as binary files. The virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object lifecycle management, stack management, thread management, safety and exception management, and garbage collection.
系统库可以包括多个功能模块。例如:表面管理器(surface manager),媒体库(Media Libraries),三维图形处理库(例如:OpenGL ES),2D图形引擎(例如:SGL)等。A system library can include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media Libraries), 3D graphics processing library (eg: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (eg: SGL), etc.
表面管理器用于对显示子系统进行管理,并且为多个应用程序提供了2D和3D图层的融合。The Surface Manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides a fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
媒体库支持多种常用的音频,视频格式回放和录制,以及静态图像文件等。媒体库可以支持多种音视频编码格式,例如:MPEG4,G.264,MP3,AAC,AMR,JPG,PNG等。The media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files. The media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, G.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
三维图形处理库用于实现三维图形绘图,图像渲染,合成,和图层处理等。The 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, compositing, and layer processing.
2D图形引擎是2D绘图的绘图引擎。2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层至少包含显示驱动,摄像头驱动,音频驱动,传感器驱动。The kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software. The kernel layer contains at least display drivers, camera drivers, audio drivers, and sensor drivers.
图1B所示的软件系统涉及到使用分享能力的应用呈现(如图库,文件管理器),提供分 享能力的即时分享模块,提供打印能力的打印服务(print service)和打印后台服务(print spooler),以及应用框架层提供打印框架、WLAN服务、蓝牙服务,以及内核和底层提供WLAN蓝牙能力和基本通信协议。The software system shown in FIG. 1B involves application presentation (such as gallery, file manager) using sharing capability, instant sharing module providing sharing capability, print service and print spooler providing printing capability , and the application framework layer provides printing framework, WLAN services, Bluetooth services, and the kernel and the bottom layer provide WLAN Bluetooth capabilities and basic communication protocols.
下面结合捕获拍照场景,示例性说明电子设备100软件以及硬件的工作流程。In the following, the workflow of the software and hardware of the electronic device 100 is exemplarily described in conjunction with the capturing and photographing scene.
当触摸传感器180K接收到触摸操作,相应的硬件中断被发给内核层。内核层将触摸操作加工成原始输入事件(包括触摸坐标,触摸操作的时间戳等信息)。原始输入事件被存储在内核层。应用程序框架层从内核层获取原始输入事件,识别该输入事件所对应的控件。以该操作是触摸操作,该触摸操作所对应的控件为相机应用图标的控件为例,相机应用调用应用框架层的接口,启动相机应用,进而通过调用内核层启动摄像头驱动,通过3D摄像模组193捕获静态图像或视频。When the touch sensor 180K receives a touch operation, a corresponding hardware interrupt is sent to the kernel layer. The kernel layer processes touch operations into raw input events (including touch coordinates, timestamps of touch operations, etc.). Raw input events are stored at the kernel layer. The application framework layer obtains the original input event from the kernel layer, and identifies the control corresponding to the input event. Take the operation as a touch operation, and the control corresponding to the touch operation is the control of the camera application icon as an example, the camera application calls the interface of the application framework layer to start the camera application, and then starts the camera driver by calling the kernel layer. 193 Capture still images or video.
下面介绍电子设备100上部分部件的分布位置以及用于应用程序菜单的示例性用户界面。The distribution locations of some components on the electronic device 100 and an exemplary user interface for the application menu are described below.
图2A示例性示出了电子设备100上的传感器、按键以及显示屏的位置关系示意图。如图2A所示,电子设备100可以配置有3D摄像模组193(可包括多个摄像头)。如图2A所示,摄像模组193可设置于电子设备100的顶端,如电子设备100的“刘海”位置(即图2A中示出的区域AA)。可以知道,区域AA中除了包括3D摄像模组193之外,还可以包括照明器197(未在图1A及图2A中示出)、扬声器170A、环境光传感器180L等。在一些实施例中,电子设备100的背面也可以配置有3D摄像模组193,以及照明器197。在本申请中,接近光传感器可以位于电子设备100中的显示屏194中除区域AA中的任意一处(图2A中将180G设置于显示屏194下的中心位置的),即用户通过显示屏194无法直接看到接近光传感器180G,因为其设置于显示屏下面。设置于电子设备100侧边的按键190可包括音量键190a和电源键190b。电子设备100可以接收按键输入,产生与电子设备100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。FIG. 2A exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of the positional relationship between sensors, buttons, and a display screen on the electronic device 100 . As shown in FIG. 2A , the electronic device 100 may be configured with a 3D camera module 193 (which may include multiple cameras). As shown in FIG. 2A , the camera module 193 can be disposed at the top of the electronic device 100 , such as the “bangs” position of the electronic device 100 (ie, the area AA shown in FIG. 2A ). It can be known that in addition to the 3D camera module 193, the area AA may also include an illuminator 197 (not shown in FIG. 1A and FIG. 2A ), a speaker 170A, an ambient light sensor 180L, and the like. In some embodiments, the back of the electronic device 100 may also be configured with a 3D camera module 193 and an illuminator 197 . In the present application, the proximity light sensor may be located anywhere in the display screen 194 of the electronic device 100 except for the area AA (in FIG. 2A , 180G is set at the central position under the display screen 194 ), that is, the user passes the display screen through the display screen. The 194 cannot directly see the proximity light sensor 180G because it is placed under the display. The buttons 190 disposed on the side of the electronic device 100 may include a volume button 190a and a power button 190b. The electronic device 100 may receive key inputs and generate key signal inputs related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100 .
图2B示例性示出了电子设备100上的用于应用程序菜单的示例性用户界面21。如图2B所示,用户可通过按压电源键190点亮显示屏,通过解锁显示屏194后,进入用户界面21,该用户界面21可包括:状态栏201,日历指示符202,天气指示符203,程序图标显示区域204,具有常用应用程序图标的托盘205,其中:FIG. 2B exemplarily shows an exemplary user interface 21 on the electronic device 100 for the application menu. As shown in FIG. 2B , the user can light up the display screen by pressing the power key 190 , and after unlocking the display screen 194 , enter the user interface 21 , the user interface 21 may include: a status bar 201 , a calendar indicator 202 , and a weather indicator 203 , a program icon display area 204, a tray 205 with icons of frequently used applications, where:
状态栏201可包括:移动通信信号(又可称为蜂窝信号)的一个或多个信号强度指示符、移动通信信号的运营商的指示符、时间指示符、电池状态指示符等。The status bar 201 may include one or more signal strength indicators of the mobile communication signal (also referred to as cellular signal), an indicator of the operator of the mobile communication signal, a time indicator, a battery status indicator, and the like.
日历指示符202可用于指示当前时间,例如日期、星期几、时分信息等。 Calendar indicator 202 may be used to indicate the current time, such as date, day of the week, hour and minute information, and the like.
天气指示符203可用于指示天气类型,例如多云转晴、小雨等,还可以用于指示气温等信息。The weather indicator 203 may be used to indicate the weather type, such as cloudy to sunny, light rain, etc., and may also be used to indicate information such as temperature.
程序图标显示区域204,例如:QQ的图标、邮箱的图标、图库的图标216、支付宝的图标、记事本的图标217、音乐的图标、微信(Wechat)的图标、设置的图标218、相机的图标220。用户界面21还可包括页面指示符(图2B中未示出)。其他应用程序图标可分布在多个页面,页面指示符可用于指示用户当前浏览的是哪一个页面中的应用程序。用户可以左右滑动其他应用程序图标的区域,来浏览其他页面中的应用程序图标。Program icon display area 204, for example: QQ icon, mailbox icon, gallery icon 216, Alipay icon, notepad icon 217, music icon, WeChat icon, settings icon 218, camera icon 220. User interface 21 may also include a page indicator (not shown in Figure 2B). Other application icons can be distributed across multiple pages, and a page indicator can be used to indicate which page of the application the user is currently browsing. Users can swipe left and right in the area of other application icons to browse application icons in other pages.
具有常用应用程序图标的托盘205可展示:电话图标、联系人图标、短消息图标等。A tray 205 with icons of frequently used applications may display: phone icons, contact icons, short message icons, and the like.
可选的,该主界面还可以包括导航栏(图2B中未示出)可包括:返回按键、主界面(Gome screen)按键、呼出任务历史按键等系统导航键。当检测到用户点击返回按键时,电子设备 100可显示当前页面的上一个页面。当检测到用户点击主界面按键时,电子设备100可显示主界面。当检测到用户点击呼出任务历史按键时,电子设备100可显示用户最近打开的任务。各导航键的命名还可以为其他,本申请对此不做限制。不限于虚拟按键,导航栏中的各导航键也可以实现为物理按键。Optionally, the main interface may further include a navigation bar (not shown in FIG. 2B ), which may include system navigation keys such as a return button, a home screen (Gome screen) button, and a call-out task history button. When detecting that the user clicks the back button, the electronic device 100 may display the previous page of the current page. When detecting that the user clicks the home interface button, the electronic device 100 may display the home interface. When it is detected that the user clicks the outgoing task history button, the electronic device 100 may display the tasks recently opened by the user. The names of the navigation keys may also be other, which is not limited in this application. Not limited to virtual keys, each navigation key in the navigation bar can also be implemented as a physical key.
在一些实施例中,图2B示例性所示的用户界面21可以为主界面(Gome screen)。In some embodiments, the user interface 21 exemplarily shown in FIG. 2B may be the Gome screen.
在其他一些实施例中,电子设备100还可以包括主屏幕键。该主屏幕键可以是实体按键,也可以是虚拟按键。该主屏幕键可用于接收用户的指令,将当前显示的UI返回到主界面,这样可以方便用户随时查看主屏幕。上述指令具体可以是用户单次按下主屏幕键的操作指令,也可以是用户在短时间内连续两次按下主屏幕键的操作指令,还可以是用户在预定时间内长按主屏幕键的操作指令。在本申请其他一些实施例中,主屏幕键还可以集成指纹识别器,以便用于在按下主屏幕键的时候,随之进行指纹采集和识别。In some other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may also include a home screen key. The home screen key can be a physical key or a virtual key. The home screen key can be used to receive an instruction from the user and return the currently displayed UI to the home interface, so that it is convenient for the user to view the home screen at any time. The above instruction may be an operation instruction for the user to press the home screen key once, or an operation instruction for the user to press the home screen key twice in a short period of time, or the user presses the home screen key for a predetermined period of time. operation instructions. In some other embodiments of the present application, the home screen key may further integrate a fingerprint reader, so that when the home screen key is pressed, fingerprint collection and identification are subsequently performed.
可以理解的是,图2A和图2B仅仅示例性示出了电子设备100上的一些部件的分布位置以及用户界面,不应构成对本申请实施例的限定。It can be understood that, FIG. 2A and FIG. 2B only exemplarily show the distribution positions of some components on the electronic device 100 and the user interface, and should not constitute a limitation to the embodiments of the present application.
下面结合上述图1A-图2B示出的电子设备的硬件结构、软件结构、部分部件位置分布关系以及用户界面,具体介绍本发明实施例提供的接近光传感器控制方法。在本发明实施例提供的接近光传感器控制方法中,涉及电子设备100中的处理器110根据显示屏194当前的亮/灭状态,并监测是否检测到预设的亮屏条件或灭屏条件,若在未检测到的情况下,则根据接近光传感器180G检测的用户距离显示屏194之间的目标距离,以控制显示屏194的亮灭以及接近光传感器180G的发射功率。具体地,当电子设备100处于通话状态下,通过接近光传感器180G检测用户与显示屏194之间的目标距离;当显示屏194处于亮屏状态时,若未检测到第一预设条件(例如优先级更高的灭屏操作等)则进一步判断所述目标距离是否小于灭屏距离阈值,若所述目标距离小于亮屏距离阈值,则控制显示屏194进入灭屏状态,以及调整接近光传感器180G的发射功率至第二发射功率;当显示屏194处于灭屏状态时,若未检测到第二预设条件(例如优先级更高的亮屏操作等)则进一步判断所述目标距离是否大于亮屏距离阈值;若所述目标距离大于亮屏距离阈值,则控制显示屏194进入亮屏状态,以及调整接近光传感器的发射功率至第一发射功率;其中,所述亮屏距离阈值大于所述灭屏距离阈值;所述第二发射功率大于所述第一发射功率。如此一来,使得电子设备在通话过程中,由于亮屏时接近光传感器的发射功率较低,既避免了由于接近光传感器的高发射功率导致的显示屏的在亮屏时出现亮斑闪烁的缺陷,且由于亮屏时电子设备需要通过接近光传感器监测的用户与显示屏之间的距离较短(因为灭屏距离阈值或接近距离为较短的距离),因此可以保证接近光传感器监测的准确性;同时,又由于灭屏时接近光传感器的发射功率较高,且亮屏和灭屏时接近光传感器之间的发射功率差异较大,所以可以探测到更远的远离距离以及保证了较大的接近距离与远离距离之差,因此解决了电子设备在通话过程中由于远离距离较短、接近距离与远离距离之差较小导致的反复亮灭屏的问题。不仅可以帮助用户节省功耗以及防止用户误触,并且极大的提升了用户在通话过程中的体验。The following describes the control method of the proximity light sensor provided by the embodiment of the present invention in detail with reference to the hardware structure, software structure, position distribution relationship of some components, and user interface of the electronic device shown in FIG. 1A-FIG. 2B . In the proximity light sensor control method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the processor 110 in the electronic device 100 monitors whether a preset bright screen condition or screen off condition is detected according to the current on/off state of the display screen 194, If it is not detected, according to the target distance between the user and the display screen 194 detected by the proximity light sensor 180G, the on/off of the display screen 194 and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor 180G are controlled. Specifically, when the electronic device 100 is in the call state, the target distance between the user and the display screen 194 is detected by the proximity light sensor 180G; when the display screen 194 is in the bright screen state, if the first preset condition (for example, the display screen 194) is not detected If the target distance is smaller than the screen-on distance threshold, control the display screen 194 to enter the screen-off state, and adjust the proximity light sensor The transmission power of 180G to the second transmission power; when the display screen 194 is in the off-screen state, if the second preset condition (such as a bright screen operation with higher priority, etc.) is not detected, it is further judged whether the target distance is greater than Bright-screen distance threshold; if the target distance is greater than the bright-screen distance threshold, the display screen 194 is controlled to enter the bright-screen state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is adjusted to the first transmit power; wherein the bright-screen distance threshold is greater than all the screen-off distance threshold; the second transmit power is greater than the first transmit power. In this way, during the call of the electronic device, the emission power of the proximity light sensor is low when the screen is bright, which avoids the occurrence of bright spots and flickering on the display screen when the screen is bright due to the high emission power of the proximity photo sensor. Defects, and since the distance between the user and the display screen that the electronic device needs to be monitored by the proximity light sensor when the screen is on is short (because the screen-off distance threshold or the proximity distance is a short distance), the proximity light sensor monitoring can be guaranteed. At the same time, because the emission power of the proximity light sensor is higher when the screen is off, and the difference in emission power between the proximity light sensor when the screen is bright and the screen is off is large, it can detect a farther distance and ensure that The large difference between the close distance and the far distance solves the problem of the electronic device repeatedly turning on and off the screen during a call due to the short distance distance and the small difference between the close distance and the far distance. It can not only help users save power consumption and prevent users from accidentally touching, but also greatly improve the user experience during a call.
需要说明的是,在本申请中,用户首先可以在使用电子设备的过程中,首先对接近光传感模式功能进行个性化的设置。It should be noted that, in the present application, the user can first perform personalized settings for the proximity light sensing mode function in the process of using the electronic device.
具体地,可以针对电子设备上当前安装的多个应用程序(比如通话、微信、QQ、视频、淘宝、音乐等等)进行接近光传感模式功能的开启设置。可选的,上述接近光传感模式功能 可以是电子设备100的操作系统在出厂时默认设置的、也可以是根据用户使用应用程序接听语音通话的频率自动判断或统计得到的、还可以是用户根据自己的喜好设置的。例如,用户可以设置经常使用的语音通话应用、或者用户希望提升体验的应用。Specifically, the setting for enabling the proximity light sensing mode function can be performed for multiple application programs currently installed on the electronic device (such as call, WeChat, QQ, video, Taobao, music, etc.). Optionally, the above-mentioned proximity light sensing mode function may be set by the operating system of the electronic device 100 by default when it leaves the factory, or may be automatically judged or statistically obtained according to the frequency of the user using the application to answer voice calls, or it may be obtained by the user. set to your liking. For example, the user can set up frequently used voice calling applications, or applications that the user wishes to enhance the experience.
请参见图3,图3为本发明实施例提供的一些用户进行接近光传感模式设置的界面示意图。如图3所示,用户界面31可以为用户解锁电子设备后的界面,该用户界面31可以位上述用户界面21,详细功能可参见上述关于用户界面21的描述。电子设备100可以通过触摸传感器180K检测到作用于设置的图标301的触控操作(如在图标301上的点击操作),响应于该操作,可以显示图3示例性所示的用户界面32。用户界面32可以是“设置”电子设备100的功能的用户界面,可用于用户进行相关功能的设置,例如设置网络、账号设置、电池设置、智能辅助设置等等。当电子设备100可以检测到作用于智能辅助的图标302的触控操作(如在图标302上的点击操作),响应于该操作,可以显示图3示例性所示的用户界面33。该用户界面33可以包括如电话的开关控件303、
的开关控件304、
的开关控件305、音乐的开关控件306等,上述各个控件用于对对各个应用进行“接近光传感模式”的开启或关闭。并通过提示信息307提醒用户:“接近光传感模式开启后,应用在用户贴近手机后亮屏(且降低接近光传感发射功率,避免亮斑),以及在用户远离手机后灭屏(且增大接近光传感器的发射功率,防止误触),节省功耗、防止误触,提升用户体验”。可以理解的是,当接近光传感模式功能关闭之后,则该应用将不会在用户贴近手机后亮屏,以及在用户远离手机后灭屏。例如,当电子设备100检测到作用于电话的开关控件303和微信的开关控件305的触控操作(如在图标303和305上的点击操作),响应于该操作,电子设备在后台开启(ON)了电话和
的“接近光传感模式”功能。也即是当开关控件303和305处于ON状态时,电子设备100的会在电话和
应用启动之后,启动接近传感器的功能。具体是在电话应用启动通话功和能
应用启动语音通话功能后,使得电话和
应用能在用户使用的过程中,触发自动传感的亮灭屏功能。具体情况用户可以根据自己的使用习惯或者需求进行设置需要开启上述自动传感的亮灭屏功能,此处不再不一一列举。
Please refer to FIG. 3 . FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an interface for some users to set a proximity light sensing mode according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3 , the user interface 31 may be an interface after the user unlocks the electronic device, and the user interface 31 may be the above-mentioned user interface 21 . For detailed functions, please refer to the above description of the user interface 21 . The electronic device 100 may detect a touch operation (eg, a click operation on the icon 301 ) acting on the set icon 301 through the touch sensor 180K, and in response to the operation, the user interface 32 exemplarily shown in FIG. 3 may be displayed. The user interface 32 may be a user interface for "setting" the functions of the electronic device 100, and may be used for the user to set related functions, such as network setting, account setting, battery setting, intelligent auxiliary setting, and the like. When the electronic device 100 can detect a touch operation (eg, a click operation on the icon 302 ) acting on the icon 302 of the smart assistance, in response to the operation, the user interface 33 exemplarily shown in FIG. 3 can be displayed. The user interface 33 may include, for example, switch controls 303 of the telephone, The switch control 304, The switch control 305, the music switch control 306, etc., the above-mentioned controls are used to turn on or off the "proximity light sensing mode" for each application. And remind the user through the prompt message 307: "After the proximity light sensing mode is turned on, the app will turn on the screen when the user is close to the mobile phone (and reduce the proximity light sensing transmit power to avoid bright spots), and turn off the screen when the user is far away from the mobile phone (and Increase the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to prevent false touches), save power consumption, prevent false touches, and improve user experience.” It can be understood that when the proximity light sensing mode function is turned off, the application will not turn on the screen when the user is close to the phone, and will not turn off the screen when the user is away from the phone. For example, when the electronic device 100 detects a touch operation (such as a click operation on the icons 303 and 305 ) acting on the switch control 303 of the phone and the switch control 305 of WeChat, the electronic device is turned on (ON) in the background in response to the operation. ) up the phone and "Proximity Light Sensing Mode" function. That is, when the switch controls 303 and 305 are in the ON state, the electronic device 100 will After the application is launched, the function of the proximity sensor is activated. Specifically, start the call function and function in the phone application. After the application activates the voice calling function, the phone and the The application can trigger the automatic sensing of the screen on and off function during the user's use. In specific circumstances, the user can set according to their own usage habits or needs to enable the above-mentioned automatic sensing on and off screen functions, which will not be listed here.
图4示出了本发明实施例提供的一种接近光传感器控制方法的流程,该方法应用于上述任意一种电子设备,该方法流程主要描述了电子设备侧的方法步骤,该方法可包括:FIG. 4 shows a flow of a method for controlling a proximity light sensor provided by an embodiment of the present invention. The method is applied to any of the above electronic devices. The method flow mainly describes the method steps on the electronic device side, and the method may include:
S301:电子设备接收到所述第一通话请求,并接通电话(通话开始)。S301: The electronic device receives the first call request, and connects the call (the call starts).
具体地,当电子设备100的移动通信模块150或无线通信模块160检测到来电时,则电子设备100响应于该来电,可以显示图5A示例性所示的用户界面51。请参见图5A,图5A示例性示出了智能手机等电子设备上的“通话”应用程序的用户界面51和用户界面52。如图5A所示,该用户界面51可包括来电人信息栏510(如来电人姓名、来电号码归属地以及所属运营商等)以及拒接控件511和接听控件512,当用户想要接听该来电通话时,则可以通过点击接听控件512,当用户想要拒绝该来电通话时,则可以通过点击拒接控件511来实现。当电子设备100通过触摸传感器180K检测到作用于接听控件512的触控操作(如在图标401上的点击操作),响应于该操作,可以显示图5A示例性所示的用户界面52。该用户界面52可包括通话时长栏513(用于显示接通电话后的通话时长)和通话功能区域514,该区域514可以包括录音控件、等待控件、添加通话控件、视频通话、静音控件、联系人控件等;用户界面52的底部还进一步的包括常用通话功能控件如:拨号键盘515、挂断控件516以及免提控件517。Specifically, when the mobile communication module 150 or the wireless communication module 160 of the electronic device 100 detects an incoming call, the electronic device 100 may display the user interface 51 exemplarily shown in FIG. 5A in response to the incoming call. Referring to FIG. 5A , FIG. 5A exemplarily shows a user interface 51 and a user interface 52 of a "call" application on an electronic device such as a smart phone. As shown in FIG. 5A , the user interface 51 may include a caller information bar 510 (such as the caller’s name, the location of the caller’s number, the operator it belongs to, etc.) and a reject control 511 and an answer control 512. When the user wants to answer the call During a call, the answer control 512 can be clicked, and when the user wants to reject the incoming call, the rejection control 511 can be clicked. When the electronic device 100 detects a touch operation (such as a click operation on the icon 401 ) acting on the answering control 512 through the touch sensor 180K, in response to the operation, the user interface 52 exemplarily shown in FIG. 5A may be displayed. The user interface 52 may include a call duration bar 513 (for displaying the duration of the call after the call is connected) and a call function area 514, which may include recording controls, waiting controls, add call controls, video calls, mute controls, contact The bottom of the user interface 52 further includes controls for common call functions, such as a dial pad 515 , a hang-up control 516 and a hands-free control 517 .
其中“通话”是智能手机、平板电脑等电子设备上的一款通话的应用程序,本申请对该 应用程序的名称不做限制。在本申请中,电子设备100处于通话状态是指电子设备100在检测到作用于接听控件512的触控操作之后,以及在检测到作用于挂断控件516的触控操作之前的状态。也即是用户在接听来电之后以及挂断通话之前。而通话状态可包括终电子设备处于即时通话状态,也可以包括电子设备处于非即时通话状态,也即是本申请中所指的通话应用可以包含即时通话功能或非即时通话功能。其中,Wherein, "call" is a calling application on electronic devices such as smart phones and tablet computers, and this application does not limit the name of the application. In the present application, the electronic device 100 is in the call state refers to the state after the electronic device 100 detects the touch operation on the answer control 512 and before the touch operation on the hang-up control 516 is detected. That is, after the user answers the call and before hanging up the call. The call state may include that the terminal electronic device is in an instant call state, and may also include that the electronic device is in a non-instant call state, that is, the call application referred to in this application may include an instant call function or a non-instant call function. in,
(1)即时通话功能,例如,移动通话应用、
语音通话、
语音通话等。
(1) Instant calling functions, such as mobile calling applications, Voice calls, voice calls, etc.
(2)非即时通话功能,例如,
语音消息、
语音消息等。
(2) Non-instant calling functions, such as, Voice messages, voice messages, etc.
也即是在本发明实施例中,电子设备的通话的状态可以包括所有用户可能需要贴近耳朵收听语音通话或者语音消息内容从而导致电子设备100反复亮暗屏的所有应用功能。That is, in this embodiment of the present invention, the call state of the electronic device may include all application functions that the user may need to listen to the content of the voice call or voice message close to the ear, thereby causing the electronic device 100 to repeatedly turn on and off the screen.
S302:控制显示屏为亮屏状态+接近光传感低功率工作模式。S302: Control the display screen to be in bright screen state + proximity light sensing low-power working mode.
具体地,在初始接通到来电通话时(即刚刚点击接听控件512),此时用户大概率还未靠近电子设备100的显示屏194,因此在电子设备100在检测到作用于接听控件512的触控操作后的初始情况下,其显示屏194需要处于亮屏的状态(否则用户无法接听该来电通话)。因而,在本发明实施例中为了避免在亮屏状态下,由接近光传感器工作导致的亮斑闪烁问题,且由于显示屏194在亮屏状态下,电子设备100需要监测的是目标距离与接近距离之间的关系,也即是监测用户距离显示屏194之间的目标距离是否小于灭屏距离阈值,所以接近光传感器180G所需要检测并可能导致电子设备100控制切换屏幕状态及接近光发射功率的距离是一个较为小的距离。因此,在该状态下(即在来电接通后的初始阶段),控制显示屏为亮屏状态,以及控制接近光传感器180G以接近光传感低功率工作模式进行工作,也即是本申请所指的调整至第一发射功率进行工作。Specifically, when the incoming call is initially connected (ie, the answer control 512 has just been clicked), the user has a high probability of not approaching the display screen 194 of the electronic device 100. Therefore, when the electronic device 100 detects a In the initial situation after the touch operation, the display screen 194 needs to be in a bright state (otherwise the user cannot answer the incoming call). Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, in order to avoid the problem of bright spot flicker caused by the operation of the proximity light sensor in the bright screen state, and because the display screen 194 is in the bright screen state, the electronic device 100 needs to monitor the target distance and proximity. The relationship between the distances, that is, to monitor whether the target distance between the user and the display screen 194 is less than the screen-off distance threshold, so the proximity light sensor 180G needs to detect and may cause the electronic device 100 to control the switching of the screen state and the proximity light emission power. The distance is a relatively small distance. Therefore, in this state (that is, in the initial stage after the call is turned on), the display screen is controlled to be in a bright screen state, and the proximity light sensor 180G is controlled to work in the proximity light sensing low-power working mode, which is the same as the present application. Refers to adjust to the first transmit power to work.
其中,当所述电子设备接收到所述第一通话请求但还未接通的状态下,控制所述显示屏进入亮屏状态,以及控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为所述第一发射功率。也即是可以认为,从电子设备100接收到所述第一通话请求到接通来电后的初始阶段,电子设备均控制显示屏194处于亮屏状态以及调整接近光传感器180G工作在第一发射功率,之后则可以通过后续的检测条件以及目标距离进一步的判断,从而决定是否进行亮灭屏的控制以及接近光传感器的发射功率控制。本发明实施例中,当电子设备在初始接收到所述第一通话请求通话,且还未接通之前,由于电子设备的显示屏大概率需要处于亮屏状态(否则无法接听电话),因此,此时为了避免由于接近光传感器功率过高导致的亮屏下显示屏有亮斑闪烁的问题,且也由于在亮屏状态下,电子设备需要通过接近光传感器监测的用户与显示屏之间的距离较短(因为灭屏距离阈值或接近距离为较短的距离),因此通过控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为较低的第一发射功率,既避免了亮斑闪烁的问题,又可以保证接近光传感器监测的准确性。Wherein, when the electronic device receives the first call request but has not been connected yet, controls the display screen to enter a bright screen state, and controls the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to be the first transmit power power. That is to say, it can be considered that in the initial stage from the time the electronic device 100 receives the first call request to the connection of the incoming call, the electronic device controls the display screen 194 to be in a bright screen state and adjusts the proximity light sensor 180G to work at the first transmit power. , and then it can be further judged by the subsequent detection conditions and the target distance, so as to decide whether to control the on/off screen and the transmit power control of the proximity light sensor. In this embodiment of the present invention, when the electronic device initially receives the first call request and the call is not connected, the display screen of the electronic device needs to be in a bright-screen state with high probability (otherwise, the call cannot be answered), therefore, At this time, in order to avoid the problem of bright spots flickering on the display screen under the bright screen due to the high power of the proximity light sensor, and also because in the bright screen state, the electronic device needs to be monitored by the proximity light sensor between the user and the display screen. The distance is short (because the screen-off distance threshold or the approaching distance is a short distance), so by controlling the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to be a lower first transmit power, the problem of bright spot flicker is avoided, and the Ensure the accuracy of proximity light sensor monitoring.
S303:判断是否检测到第一预设条件(如接收到灭屏操作、检测到电子设备长时间静置)。S303: Determine whether the first preset condition is detected (eg, receiving a screen-off operation, detecting that the electronic device has been standing for a long time).
具体地,自用户接通来电之后,则电子设备100则监测并判断是否检测到第一预设条件。该第一预设条件为优先级高于通过用户与显示屏之间的目标距离来决定是否灭屏的条件。Specifically, after the user answers the call, the electronic device 100 monitors and determines whether the first preset condition is detected. The first preset condition is that the priority is higher than the condition for determining whether to turn off the screen by the target distance between the user and the display screen.
针对通话过程中的由亮屏到灭屏,第一预设条件可以包括以下一种或多种:The first preset condition may include one or more of the following:
(1)电子设备100检测到作用于灭屏控件(如上述图2A中所示的电源按键190b)的用户操作(如在按键190b上的按压操作),响应于该操作,电子设备100可以进一步判断步骤S305中的判断用户与显示屏194之间的距离是否小于灭屏距离阈值,其中,按键190b可用于监听触发亮屏或者灭屏的用户操作。例如,请参见图5B,图5B为本发明实施例提供的一些用户在通话过程中通过电源键190b进行灭屏的示意图。用户界面53为用户正常接通电话后的通话界面,当电子设备100检测到用户作用于电源键190b的按压操作之后,则电子设备 100控制显示屏194进入灭屏状态即用户界面54,并且同时需要控制将接近光传感器180G的发射功率调整至较高的第二发射功率。当电子设备的显示屏处于亮屏状态,用户按下此按键190b后显示屏会自动灭屏且提升接近光传感器的发射功率。其中,按键190b可以是机械按键,也可以是触摸式按键。(1) The electronic device 100 detects a user operation (such as a pressing operation on the button 190b) acting on the screen-off control (such as the power button 190b shown in FIG. 2A ), and in response to the operation, the electronic device 100 can further In the judging step S305, it is judged whether the distance between the user and the display screen 194 is smaller than the screen-off distance threshold, wherein the button 190b can be used to monitor the user operation that triggers the screen-on or screen-off. For example, please refer to FIG. 5B . FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram of some users pressing the power button 190b to turn off the screen during a call according to an embodiment of the present invention. The user interface 53 is a call interface after the user normally connects the phone. When the electronic device 100 detects the user's pressing operation on the power button 190b, the electronic device 100 controls the display screen 194 to enter the off-screen state, that is, the user interface 54, and at the same time. It is necessary to control and adjust the transmit power of the proximity light sensor 180G to a second, higher transmit power. When the display screen of the electronic device is in the bright screen state, after the user presses the button 190b, the display screen will be automatically turned off and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor will be increased. The key 190b may be a mechanical key or a touch key.
(2)电子设备100检测到电子设备自身长时间静置。例如,电子设备100可通过陀螺仪传感器180B确定电子设备100的运动姿态、以及通过加速度传感器180E检测电子设备100在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度,若运动姿态以及各个方向上的加速度均未发生变化,且超过一定时长,则可以判定为该电子设备100为长时间静置。此时说明用户暂时可能不需要操作该电子设备100,因为可以通过当电子设备100的显示屏194处于亮屏状态,但电子设备100检测到自身长时间静置,则控制显示屏194自动变黑且提升接近光传感器180G的发射功率。(2) The electronic device 100 detects that the electronic device itself has been left standing for a long time. For example, the electronic device 100 can determine the movement posture of the electronic device 100 through the gyro sensor 180B, and detect the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes) through the acceleration sensor 180E. If the movement posture and the acceleration in each direction are both If there is no change, and it exceeds a certain period of time, it can be determined that the electronic device 100 has been standing for a long time. At this time, it means that the user may not need to operate the electronic device 100 temporarily, because the display screen 194 of the electronic device 100 can be controlled to automatically turn black when the display screen 194 of the electronic device 100 is in the bright screen state, but the electronic device 100 detects that it has been standing for a long time. And increase the transmit power of the proximity light sensor 180G.
若检测到上述第一预设条件中的任意一种或多种,则执行步骤S306:控制显示屏为灭屏状态,以及控制接近光传感高功率工作模式。If any one or more of the above-mentioned first preset conditions are detected, step S306 is executed: the display screen is controlled to be in an off-screen state, and the proximity light sensing high-power working mode is controlled.
具体地,由于第一预设条件为优先级高于通过用户与显示屏194之间的目标距离来决定是否灭屏的条件。因此,若电子设备100检测到了第一预设条件,则此时无论用户与显示屏194之间的目标距离是否小于灭屏距离阈值,电子设备100均需要控制显示屏194切换为灭屏状态且将接近光传感器180G的发射功率调整至较高功率。因为,此时可以判断为用户需要或有强烈意愿切换为灭屏状态,或者是电子设备100判断出用户在当前情况下有较大概率是希望屏幕处于灭屏状态。因此,可以在该情况下,电子设备100控制显示屏194切换为灭屏状态且将接近光传感器180G的发射功率调整至较高功率,以增大接近光传感器180G可探测的远离距离,进一步防止用户误触。Specifically, since the first preset condition has a higher priority than the condition for determining whether to turn off the screen through the target distance between the user and the display screen 194 . Therefore, if the electronic device 100 detects the first preset condition, then regardless of whether the target distance between the user and the display screen 194 is smaller than the screen-off distance threshold, the electronic device 100 needs to control the display screen 194 to switch to the screen-off state and Adjust the transmit power of the proximity light sensor 180G to a higher power. Because, at this time, it can be determined that the user needs or has a strong intention to switch to the off-screen state, or the electronic device 100 determines that the user has a high probability that the screen is in the off-screen state under the current situation. Therefore, in this case, the electronic device 100 may control the display screen 194 to switch to the off-screen state and adjust the transmit power of the proximity light sensor 180G to a higher power, so as to increase the distance detectable by the proximity light sensor 180G, and further prevent the User touches by mistake.
S304:若未检测到上述第一预设条件中的任意一种或多种,则判断用户与显示屏之间的距离是否小于灭屏距离阈值。S304: If any one or more of the above-mentioned first preset conditions are not detected, determine whether the distance between the user and the display screen is smaller than the screen-off distance threshold.
具体地,当未检测到上述第一预设条件中的任意一种或多种,则表明当前无法通过第一预设条件来判断是否需要灭屏。因此,电子设备100通过设置于显示屏194下的接近光传感器180G来进一步判断用户与显示屏194之间的目标距离是否小于灭屏距离阈值。其中灭屏距离阈值是指用户在到达这个灭屏距离阈值或者是小于这个灭屏距离阈值的情况下,用户大概率是通过耳朵靠近电子设备100的显示屏194,以通过扬声器170A(图2A中示出)来接听电话的情形。因此,该灭屏距离阈值是指用户通过扬声器170A来收听语音通话或者语音消息的一个平均或普遍距离。Specifically, when any one or more of the above-mentioned first preset conditions are not detected, it indicates that it is currently impossible to judge whether the screen needs to be turned off through the first preset conditions. Therefore, the electronic device 100 further determines whether the target distance between the user and the display screen 194 is smaller than the screen-off distance threshold through the proximity light sensor 180G disposed under the display screen 194 . The screen-off distance threshold means that when the user reaches the screen-off distance threshold or is smaller than the screen-off distance threshold, the user has a high probability of approaching the display screen 194 of the electronic device 100 through the ear to pass the speaker 170A (in FIG. 2A ). shown) to answer the call. Therefore, the screen-off distance threshold refers to an average or common distance at which a user listens to a voice call or voice message through the speaker 170A.
S305:控制显示屏为灭屏状态+接近光传感高功率工作模式。S305: Control the display screen to be off-screen state + proximity light sensing high-power working mode.
具体地,若电子设备100在未检测到第一预设条件且通过接近光传感器180G检测出用户与显示屏194之间的目标距离小于灭屏距离阈值的情况下,则可通过处理器110控制显示屏194切换为灭屏状态,并且,控制接近光传感器180G以较高的第二发射功率进行工作,即以接近光传感高功率工作模式来工作。Specifically, if the electronic device 100 does not detect the first preset condition and detects through the proximity light sensor 180G that the target distance between the user and the display screen 194 is smaller than the screen-off distance threshold, the electronic device 100 may control the processor 110 The display screen 194 is switched to the off-screen state, and the proximity light sensor 180G is controlled to work at a higher second transmit power, that is, in the proximity light sensing high-power working mode.
S306:判断是否检测到第二预设条件(如接收到亮屏操作、检测到新的信息或来电、通话应用退出到后台)。S306: Determine whether a second preset condition is detected (eg, receiving a screen-on operation, detecting a new message or incoming call, and exiting the call application to the background).
具体地,自用户接通电话之后,并且电子设备100的显示屏194处于灭屏的状态下(例如,由于上述检测到第一预设条件导致的灭屏,或者是未检测到第一预设条件但是检测到的用户与显示屏194之间的目标距离小于灭屏距离阈值导致的灭屏),则电子设备100监测是否检测到第二预设条件。该第二预设条件为优先级高于通过用户与显示屏之间的目标距离来决 定是否亮屏的条件。Specifically, after the user answers the phone, and the display screen 194 of the electronic device 100 is in an off-screen state (for example, the screen is off due to the detection of the first preset condition described above, or the first preset condition is not detected) condition but the detected target distance between the user and the display screen 194 is less than the screen-off caused by the screen-off distance threshold), the electronic device 100 monitors whether the second preset condition is detected. The second preset condition is that the priority is higher than the condition of determining whether to turn on the screen by the target distance between the user and the display screen.
针对通话过程中的由灭屏到亮屏,第二预设条件可以包括以下一种或多种:The second preset condition may include one or more of the following for changing from off-screen to bright-screen during a call:
(1)用户点击触发屏幕唤醒亮屏;电子设备100检测到作用于亮屏按键或控件,可以包括如上述图2A中所示的电源按键190b、通话功能区域514中的录音控件、等待控件、添加通话控件、视频通话、静音控件、联系人控件等、或者是图5A中所示的用户界面52的底部的拨号键盘515、免提控件517等等。响应于上述任意一种触发唤醒亮屏按键或控件的操作,电子设备100可以控制显示屏194进入亮屏状态,并且同时需要控制将接近光传感器180G的发射功率调整至较低的第一发射功率。当电子设备的显示屏处于灭屏状态,用户通过一些唤醒等操作后,显示屏会自动亮屏且降低接近光传感器的发射功率。其中,按键190b可以是机械按键,也可以是触摸式按键。需要说明的是,在该实施例中,第一通话状态是包括了免提通话状态和费免提通话状态。(1) The user clicks to trigger the screen to wake up the bright screen; the electronic device 100 detects a key or control acting on the bright screen, which may include the power button 190b shown in the above-mentioned FIG. 2A , the recording control in the call function area 514, the waiting control, Add call controls, video calls, mute controls, contact controls, etc., or the dial pad 515, hands-free controls 517, etc. at the bottom of the user interface 52 shown in FIG. 5A. In response to any of the above operations that trigger the wake-up bright screen button or control, the electronic device 100 can control the display screen 194 to enter the bright screen state, and at the same time, it needs to control to adjust the transmit power of the proximity light sensor 180G to a lower first transmit power. . When the display screen of the electronic device is in the off-screen state, after the user performs some operations such as waking up, the display screen will automatically turn on the screen and reduce the transmission power of the proximity light sensor. The key 190b may be a mechanical key or a touch key. It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the first call state includes a hands-free call state and a free hands-free call state.
(2)切换后台亮屏;假设当前用户在电子设备100的前台运行其他应用程序,比如微信,即正在通过微信应用程序聊天,即在前台运行微信,而将通话应用程序退出到后台。(2) Switch the background bright screen; assuming that the current user is running other applications, such as WeChat, in the foreground of the electronic device 100, that is, chatting through the WeChat application, that is, running WeChat in the foreground, and exiting the calling application to the background.
例如,请参见图5C,图5C为本发明实施例提供的一些用户在通话过程中将通话应用切换到后台的用户界面示意图。用户界面55为用户当前与来电者玛丽的通话界面,当电子设备当前处于灭屏状态时(图5C中未示出),若此时电子设备100检测到针对该通话应用的切换至后台的操作(如由底部向上的滑动操作)、或者检测到将其他应用程序进入前台的操作(如将其他应用程序滑动至前台的操作),响应于上述操作,可以显示图5C示例性所示的用户界面56,例如切换后的用户界面56包括微信应用的聊天界面562,以及在导航栏位置以快捷图标561方式显示的切换到后台的通话应用,用户可以通过点击该快捷图标561回到通话界面55。也即是此时电子设备100检测到第二预设条件中的将通话应用切换至后台时,则控制显示屏194为亮屏状态+接近光传感低功率工作模式。For example, please refer to FIG. 5C , which is a schematic diagram of a user interface in which some users switch a call application to the background during a call according to an embodiment of the present invention. The user interface 55 is the call interface between the user and the caller Mary. When the electronic device is currently in an off-screen state (not shown in FIG. 5C ), if the electronic device 100 detects the operation of switching to the background for the call application (such as an upward swipe operation from the bottom), or an operation of bringing other applications into the foreground (such as an operation of sliding other applications to the foreground) is detected, and in response to the above operation, the user interface exemplarily shown in FIG. 5C can be displayed 56. For example, the switched user interface 56 includes the chat interface 562 of the WeChat application, and the call application switched to the background displayed as a shortcut icon 561 at the position of the navigation bar, and the user can return to the call interface 55 by clicking the shortcut icon 561. That is, when the electronic device 100 detects that the call application is switched to the background in the second preset condition, the display screen 194 is controlled to be in the bright screen state + the proximity light sensing low-power working mode.
(3)前台运行有除当前通话应用以外的应用程序亮屏;假设电子设备在前台运行不止通话应用,而是通过分屏方式在前台运行了多个应用。(3) An application program other than the current call application is running in the foreground to brighten the screen; it is assumed that the electronic device runs not only the calling application in the foreground, but multiple applications running in the foreground in a split-screen manner.
例如,请参见图5D,图5D为本发明实施例提供的一些用户在通话过程中将通话应用与其他应用一起均运行在前台的用户界面示意图。用户界面57为用户当前与来电者玛丽的通话界面,当电子设备当前处于灭屏状态时(图5D中未示出),此时电子设备100若检测到通过分屏的方式将通话应用以及微信应用进入前台的操作,响应于上述分屏操作,可以显示图5D示例性所示的用户界面58,在用户界面58中将用户界面划分为分屏581和分屏582。即此时,虽然通话应用未切换到后台,但是前台还运行了其他应用。因此,为了保证除通话应用以外的其他应用可以正常使用,则将上述情况设置为属于第二预设条件中的其中一种。也即是此时电子设备100检测到第二预设条件中的将除通话应用以外的其他应用运行在前台的条件,则控制显示屏为亮屏状态+接近光传感低功率工作模式。For example, please refer to FIG. 5D. FIG. 5D is a schematic diagram of a user interface in which some users run a call application together with other applications in the foreground during a call according to an embodiment of the present invention. The user interface 57 is the call interface between the user and the caller Mary. When the electronic device is currently in an off-screen state (not shown in FIG. 5D ), if the electronic device 100 detects that the call application and WeChat When the application enters the foreground, in response to the above split screen operation, the user interface 58 exemplarily shown in FIG. 5D may be displayed, and the user interface is divided into split screen 581 and split screen 582 in the user interface 58 . That is, at this time, although the calling application is not switched to the background, there are other applications running in the foreground. Therefore, in order to ensure that other applications other than the calling application can be used normally, the above situation is set to belong to one of the second preset conditions. That is, at this time, the electronic device 100 detects the condition of running applications other than the calling application in the foreground among the second preset conditions, and controls the display screen to be in the bright screen state + the proximity light sensing low-power working mode.
(4)接收到新信息或新电话亮屏。电子设备100通过移动通信模块150或无线通信模块160检测到新的来电或新的消息。响应于上述移动通信模块150或无线通信模块160检测到的新的来电或新的消息,电子设备100可以控制亮屏。(4) When a new message or a new phone is received, the screen is on. The electronic device 100 detects a new incoming call or a new message through the mobile communication module 150 or the wireless communication module 160 . In response to a new incoming call or a new message detected by the above-mentioned mobile communication module 150 or wireless communication module 160, the electronic device 100 may control the bright screen.
例如,请参见图5E,图5E为本发明实施例提供的一些用户在通话过程中接收到新来电的用户界面示意图。用户界面59为用户当前与来电者玛丽的通话,此时电子设备100又通过移动通信模块150接收到所述第一通话请求者大卫的新电话,响应于上述移动通信模块150检测到的新的来电,可以显示图5E示例性所示的用户界面510。用户可通过点击结束并接听控件5101来结束语玛丽的通话并接听大卫的电话,或者通过拒接控件5102直接拒绝大卫的 电话,或者点击保留并接听控件5103来保留与玛丽的通话且接听大卫的电话。也即是此时电子设备检测到第二预设条件中的新的来电时,则控制显示屏为亮屏状态+接近光传感低功率工作模式。For example, please refer to FIG. 5E. FIG. 5E is a schematic diagram of a user interface in which some users receive a new incoming call during a call according to an embodiment of the present invention. The user interface 59 is the current call between the user and the caller Mary. At this time, the electronic device 100 receives the new call from the first call requester David through the mobile communication module 150, and responds to the new call detected by the mobile communication module 150. , the user interface 510 exemplarily shown in FIG. 5E may be displayed. The user can end Mary's call and answer David's call by clicking end and answer control 5101, or directly reject David's call by rejecting control 5102, or click hold and answer control 5103 to hold the call with Mary and answer David's call. Wei's phone. That is, when the electronic device detects a new incoming call in the second preset condition at this time, it controls the display screen to be in a bright screen state + a low-power working mode of proximity light sensing.
可以理解的是,本申请的通话状态可包括即时通话状态与非即时通话,所对应的通话应用可包括移动通话应用,也可包括网络通话应等。如图6A-图6C所示,为本发明实施例提供的一些微信应用中的语音通话以及语音消息的界面示意图。It can be understood that the call state of the present application may include instant call state and non-instant call, and the corresponding call application may include a mobile call application, and may also include a network call application and the like. As shown in FIG. 6A-FIG. 6C, they are schematic interface diagrams of voice calls and voice messages in some WeChat applications provided by embodiments of the present invention.
如图6A所示,该用户界面61可包括语音通话的信息栏611(如语音发起方的姓名、)以及拒接控件612和接听控件613,当用户想要接听该语音通话时,则可以通过点击接听控件613,当用户想要拒绝该来电通话时,则可以通过点击拒接控件612来实现。当电子设备100通过触摸传感器180K检测到作用于接听控件613的触控操作(如在图标613上的点击操作),响应于该操作,可以显示图6A示例性所示的用户界面62。该用户界面62可包括语音时长栏614(用于显示接通语音通话后的通话时长)和常用通话功能控件如:静音控件615、挂断控件616以及免提控件517。其相关的亮灭屏的控制和接近光传感器的发射功率的控制,可以参照上述实施例中图5A中的移动通话的相关描述,此处不再赘述。As shown in FIG. 6A , the user interface 61 may include a voice call information bar 611 (such as the name of the voice originator), a reject control 612 and an answer control 613. When the user wants to answer the voice call, he can use the Click the answer control 613 , when the user wants to reject the incoming call, he can do so by clicking the reject control 612 . When the electronic device 100 detects a touch operation (eg, a click operation on the icon 613 ) acting on the answering control 613 through the touch sensor 180K, in response to the operation, the user interface 62 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6A may be displayed. The user interface 62 may include a voice duration bar 614 (for displaying the duration of a call after connecting a voice call) and controls for common call functions such as: mute control 615 , hang up control 616 , and hands-free control 517 . For the related control of the screen on and off and the control of the transmit power of the proximity light sensor, reference may be made to the related description of the mobile call in FIG. 5A in the above-mentioned embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
如图6B所示,针对用户界面63(同上述用户界面62,此处不再赘述),当电子设备100通过触摸传感器180K检测到作用于缩小控件618的触控操作(如在图标618上的点击操作),响应于该操作,可以显示图6A示例性所示的用户界面64。该用户界面64可包括切换后的微信应用的聊天界面620,以及在聊天界面620区域以快捷图标619方式显示的切换到后台的通话应用,用户可以通过点击该图标619回到语音通话界面63。也即是此时电子设备100检测到第二预设条件中的将通话应用切换至后台时,则控制显示屏194为亮屏状态+接近光传感低功率工作模式。具体地还可以参照上述实施例中图5C中的移动通话的相关描述,此处不再赘述。As shown in FIG. 6B , for the user interface 63 (same as the above-mentioned user interface 62 , which will not be repeated here), when the electronic device 100 detects a touch operation on the zoom-out control 618 through the touch sensor 180K (such as the one on the icon 618 ) Click operation), in response to this operation, the user interface 64 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6A may be displayed. The user interface 64 may include a chat interface 620 of the switched WeChat application, and a call application switched to the background displayed as a shortcut icon 619 in the area of the chat interface 620, and the user can return to the voice call interface 63 by clicking on the icon 619. That is, when the electronic device 100 detects that the call application is switched to the background in the second preset condition, the display screen 194 is controlled to be in the bright screen state + the proximity light sensing low-power working mode. For details, reference may also be made to the relevant description of the mobile call in FIG. 5C in the foregoing embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
如图6C所示,当电子设备100通过移动通信模块150或无线通信模块160接收到的新的语音消息,响应于该操作,可以显示图6C示例性所示的用户界面65。该用户界面65中包含了可用于收听的语音消息651。当电子设备100通过触摸传感器180K检测到作用于语音消息651上的触控操作(如在图标651上的点击操作),响应于该操作,可以显示图6C示例性所示的用户界面66。此时用户可以可通过外放的方式或者是非外放的方式收听语音消息651。在该过程中可以参照上述亮屏下的判断是否检测到第一预设条件,若未检测到,则进一步判断用户与显示屏之间的距离是否小于灭屏距离阈值,若小于,则控制显示屏进入灭屏状态以及调整接近光传感器180G至较高的第二发射功率。具体地还可以参照上述实施例中图5A-图5E中的移动通话的相关描述,此处不再赘述。As shown in FIG. 6C , when the electronic device 100 receives a new voice message through the mobile communication module 150 or the wireless communication module 160, in response to the operation, the user interface 65 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6C may be displayed. The user interface 65 contains voice messages 651 available for listening. When the electronic device 100 detects a touch operation (such as a click operation on the icon 651) acting on the voice message 651 through the touch sensor 180K, in response to the operation, the user interface 66 exemplarily shown in FIG. 6C may be displayed. At this time, the user can listen to the voice message 651 in an externally or non-externally-played manner. In this process, you can refer to the above judgment under bright screen to determine whether the first preset condition is detected. If not, it is further judged whether the distance between the user and the display screen is less than the screen-off distance threshold. The screen enters the off-screen state and the proximity light sensor 180G is adjusted to a higher second transmit power. For details, reference may also be made to the related descriptions of the mobile calls in FIGS. 5A to 5E in the foregoing embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
若检测到上述第二预设条件中的任意一种或多种,则执行步骤S303:控制显示屏为亮屏状态,以及控制接近光传感低功率工作模式。If any one or more of the above-mentioned second preset conditions are detected, step S303 is executed: the display screen is controlled to be in a bright screen state, and the proximity light sensing low-power working mode is controlled.
具体地,由于第二预设条件为优先级高于通过用户与显示屏194之间的目标距离来决定是否亮屏的条件。因此,若电子设备100检测到了第二预设条件,则此时无论用户与显示屏194之间的目标距离是否大于灭亮距离阈值,电子设备100均需要控制显示屏194切换为亮屏状态且将接近光传感器180G的发射功率调整至较低功率。因为,此时可以判断为用户需要或有强烈意愿切换为亮屏状态,或者是电子设备100判断出用户在当前情况下有较大概率是希望屏幕处于亮屏状态。因此,可以在该情况下,电子设备100控制显示屏194切换为亮屏状态且将接近光传感器180G的发射功率调整至较低功率,以避免接近光传感器180G较高功率导致的亮斑闪烁问题,提升用户体验。Specifically, since the second preset condition has a higher priority than the condition for determining whether to turn on the screen through the target distance between the user and the display screen 194 . Therefore, if the electronic device 100 detects the second preset condition, at this time, regardless of whether the target distance between the user and the display screen 194 is greater than the light-off distance threshold, the electronic device 100 needs to control the display screen 194 to switch to the bright screen state and Adjust the transmit power of the proximity light sensor 180G to a lower power. Because, at this time, it can be determined that the user needs or has a strong intention to switch to the bright screen state, or the electronic device 100 determines that the user has a high probability that the screen is in the bright screen state under the current situation. Therefore, in this case, the electronic device 100 can control the display screen 194 to switch to the bright screen state and adjust the transmit power of the proximity light sensor 180G to a lower power, so as to avoid the problem of bright spot flicker caused by the higher power of the proximity light sensor 180G , to improve the user experience.
S307:判断用户与显示屏之间的距离是否大于亮屏距离阈值。S307: Determine whether the distance between the user and the display screen is greater than the bright screen distance threshold.
具体地,当未检测到上述第二预设条件中的任意一种或多种,则表明当前无法通过第二预设条件来判断是否需要亮屏。因此电子设备100通过设置于显示屏194下的接近光传感器180G来进一步判断用户与显示屏194之间的目标距离是否大于亮屏距离阈值。其中亮屏距离阈值是指用户在到达该亮屏距离阈值或者是大于该亮屏距离阈值的情况下,则用户大概率是需要盯着电子设备100的显示屏194,以通过扬声器170A(图2A中示出)来接听电话的情形。因此该灭屏距离阈值是指用户通过扬声器170A来收听语音通话或者语音消息的一个普遍距离。Specifically, when any one or more of the above-mentioned second preset conditions are not detected, it indicates that it is currently impossible to judge whether the screen needs to be brightened through the second preset conditions. Therefore, the electronic device 100 further determines whether the target distance between the user and the display screen 194 is greater than the bright screen distance threshold through the proximity light sensor 180G disposed under the display screen 194 . The bright screen distance threshold means that when the user reaches the bright screen distance threshold or is greater than the bright screen distance threshold, the user has a high probability to stare at the display screen 194 of the electronic device 100 to pass the speaker 170A ( FIG. 2A ). shown in ) to answer the call. Therefore, the screen-off distance threshold refers to a common distance for a user to listen to a voice call or voice message through the speaker 170A.
若判断出用户与显示屏之间的距离大于亮屏距离,则执行步骤S302,具体请参见上述关于步骤S302的描述。If it is determined that the distance between the user and the display screen is greater than the bright-screen distance, step S302 is performed. For details, please refer to the above description of step S302.
若判断出用户与显示屏之间的距离不大于亮屏距离,则可进一步执行步骤S308,具体请参见关于步骤S308的描述。If it is determined that the distance between the user and the display screen is not greater than the bright-screen distance, step S308 may be further performed. For details, please refer to the description of step S308.
S308:判断通话是否结束。S308: Determine whether the call ends.
具体地,电子设备监测该通话过程是否结束。例如,当用户通话完毕,用户点击挂断控件,电子设备100检测到针对挂断控件的操作等;或者是对方先挂断,通话结束。Specifically, the electronic device monitors whether the call process ends. For example, when the user finishes the call, the user clicks the hang-up control, and the electronic device 100 detects an operation on the hang-up control, etc.; or the other party hangs up first, and the call ends.
可选的,若通话未结束,则可继续回到步骤S307的判断。Optionally, if the call has not ended, the process may continue to return to the judgment in step S307.
S309:若是,结束通话。S309: If yes, end the call.
具体地,由于通话结束后,针对通话应用程序来说,暂时不需要用户通过贴近耳朵来进行通话的接听。因此,则针对该通话应用程序的接近光传感模式功能可以结束。Specifically, after the call is over, for the call application, it is temporarily unnecessary for the user to answer the call by being close to the ear. Therefore, the proximity light sensing mode function for the calling application can end.
以下以电子设备100为智能手机,并结合实际应用场景对本申请中的接近光传感器控制方法进行进一步描述。请参见图7A-图7B,图7A-图7B为本发明实施例提供的一些用户在通话过程中的示意图。例如Hereinafter, the electronic device 100 is taken as a smartphone, and the control method of the proximity light sensor in the present application will be further described in combination with the actual application scenario. Please refer to FIG. 7A-FIG. 7B. FIG. 7A-FIG. 7B are schematic diagrams of some users during a call according to an embodiment of the present invention. E.g
1、如图7A所示,用户在接收到第一通话请求,且接通电话后,此时用户还未将耳朵贴近至手机上的扬声器,此时手机为亮屏状态,并且控制接近光传感器以较低的第一发射功率工作。1. As shown in Figure 7A, after the user receives the first call request and connects the phone, the user has not yet put his ear close to the speaker on the mobile phone, the mobile phone is in a bright screen state, and the proximity light sensor is controlled. Operates with a lower first transmit power.
2、当用户将手机贴近耳朵后(此时满足目标距离小于灭屏距离阈值),且在此过程之前,手机未检测到其他亮屏条件(即第一预设条件),则手机控制手机显示屏进入灭屏状态,并且调整接近光传感器以较高的第二发射功率工作。2. When the user puts the mobile phone close to the ear (at this time, the target distance is less than the screen-off distance threshold), and before this process, the mobile phone does not detect other bright-screen conditions (ie, the first preset condition), then the mobile phone controls the mobile phone display. The screen enters the off-screen state, and the proximity light sensor is adjusted to work with a higher second transmit power.
3、如图7B所示,当用户在通话的过程中坐下来进行接听,在此过程中,手机若仍然未检测到亮屏条件(即第一预设条件),因此手机依然保持灭屏状态,以及接近光传感器以较高的第二发射功率工作。3. As shown in Figure 7B, when the user sits down to answer the call during the call, if the mobile phone still does not detect the bright screen condition (ie the first preset condition) during this process, the mobile phone still keeps the screen off state , and the proximity light sensor operates with a higher second transmit power.
4、当用户将手机放下至桌上继续接听电话,(此时满足目标距离大于亮屏距离阈值),且在此过程之前,手机若未检测到其他灭屏条件(即第二预设条件),因此手机控制显示屏进入亮屏状态,并且调整接近光传感器以较低的第一发射功率工作。4. When the user puts the mobile phone on the table and continues to answer the call, (at this time, the target distance is greater than the bright screen distance threshold), and before this process, if the mobile phone does not detect other screen-off conditions (ie the second preset condition) , so the mobile phone controls the display screen to enter the bright screen state, and adjusts the proximity light sensor to work with a lower first transmit power.
5、由于用户将手机长时间静置在桌面,手机检测到当前满足第一预设条件中的长时间静置的条件,因此手机控制显示屏进入灭屏状态,并且调整接近光传感器以较高的第二发射功率工作。5. Since the user leaves the mobile phone on the desktop for a long time, the mobile phone detects that the long-term standing condition in the first preset condition is currently satisfied, so the mobile phone controls the display screen to enter the off-screen state, and adjusts the proximity light sensor to a higher value. of the second transmit power to work.
6、之后,当用户主动操作手机界面(如唤醒操作),即触发手机检测到第二预设条件中的亮屏操作,因此手机控制显示屏进入亮屏状态,并且调整接近光传感器以较低的第一发射功率工作。6. After that, when the user actively operates the mobile phone interface (such as a wake-up operation), the mobile phone is triggered to detect the bright screen operation in the second preset condition, so the mobile phone controls the display screen to enter the bright screen state, and adjusts the proximity light sensor to a lower value. the first transmit power to work.
上述图3中对应的方法流程,可以适用于免提状态下的通话,也可以适用于非免提状态的通话,也即是在上述图3对应的方法实施例中,可以针对免提下的通话进行上述相应的控制和调整,也可以针对非免提下的通话进行上述相应的控制和调整,可以理解为所述第一通话状态可以包括免提通话状态和/或非免提通话状态。The method flow corresponding to FIG. 3 above can be applied to calls in a hands-free state or a call in a non-hands-free state, that is, in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. The above-mentioned corresponding control and adjustment are performed on a call, and the above-mentioned corresponding control and adjustment can also be performed on a non-hands-free call. It can be understood that the first call state may include a hands-free call state and/or a non-hands-free call state.
一种可能的实现方式中,本申请还提供另一种接近光传感器控制方式,如图8所示,图8为本发明实施例提供的另一种接近光传感器控制方法流程示意图,该方法包括步骤S301-步骤S309,以及步骤S401-步骤S406,其中,关于电子设备在非免提状态下的处理流程请参见图3中的方法流程的相关实施方式,此处不再赘述。而关于电子设备在免提状态下的处理流程请参见图8中的步骤S401-步骤S406。所述第一通话状态包括非免提通话状态;所述方法包括:In a possible implementation manner, the present application also provides another method for controlling a proximity light sensor, as shown in FIG. 8 . FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another method for controlling a proximity light sensor provided by an embodiment of the present invention. The method includes: Steps S301 to S309, and steps S401 to S406, wherein, for the processing flow of the electronic device in the non-hands-free state, please refer to the relevant implementation manner of the method flow in FIG. 3, which will not be repeated here. For the processing flow of the electronic device in the hands-free state, please refer to steps S401 to S406 in FIG. 8 . The first call state includes a non-hands-free call state; the method includes:
S401:当所述电子设备处于第二通话状态下,控制显示屏为亮屏状态,以及接近光传感低功率工作模式。S401: When the electronic device is in the second call state, control the display screen to be in the bright screen state and the proximity light sensing low-power working mode.
S402:当所述显示屏处于亮屏状态时,判断是否检测到所述第一预设条件。S402: When the display screen is in a bright screen state, determine whether the first preset condition is detected.
S403:若检测到所述第一预设条件,则控制所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,以及接近光传感高功率工作模式。S403: If the first preset condition is detected, control the display screen to enter a screen-off state and a proximity light sensing high-power working mode.
若未检测到第二预设条件,则执行上述步骤S401。If the second preset condition is not detected, the above-mentioned step S401 is performed.
S404:当所述显示屏处于灭屏状态时,判断是否检测到所述第二预设条件。S404: When the display screen is in an off-screen state, determine whether the second preset condition is detected.
若检测到第二预设条件,则执行上述步骤S401。If the second preset condition is detected, the above step S401 is executed.
若未检测到第二预设条件,可进一步执行步骤S405。If the second preset condition is not detected, step S405 may be further performed.
S405:判断通话是否结束。S405: Determine whether the call ends.
若通话未结束,则可以继续保持在步骤S403的状态。If the call is not over, the state in step S403 can be continued.
S406:若是,则结束通话。S406: If yes, end the call.
具体地,接收用户对于通过状态的切换操作,进入第二通话状态,其中,所述第一通话状态包括非免提通话状态,所述第二通话状态包括免提通话状态;当所述显示屏处于亮屏状态时,若检测到所述第一预设条件,则控制所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,以及控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为所述第二发射功率;当所述显示屏处于灭屏状态时,若检测到所述第二预设条件,则控制所述显示屏进入亮屏状态,以及控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为所述第一发射功率。需要说明的是,本发明实施例中所描述的接近光传感器方法的具体流程,可参见上述图1A-图7B中所述的发明实施例中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。Specifically, receiving the user's switching operation of the pass state, enters a second call state, wherein the first call state includes a non-hands-free call state, and the second call state includes a hands-free call state; when the display screen When the screen is on, if the first preset condition is detected, control the display screen to enter the screen-off state, and control the emission power of the proximity light sensor to be the second emission power; when the display When the screen is in an off-screen state, if the second preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter a bright-screen state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power. It should be noted that, for the specific process of the proximity optical sensor method described in the embodiments of the present invention, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions in the embodiments of the present invention described in FIG. 1A to FIG. 7B , and details are not repeated here.
在本发明实施例中,当电子设备针对免提通话状态和非免提通话状态进行不同的亮灭屏控制以及接近光传感器发射功率的调整时,则针对非免提通话状态下,可依旧采用上述第一方面中的控制方法,即结合第一预设条件、第二预设条件、目标距离与亮/灭屏距离阈值之间的关系进行综合判断,从而进行相关控制和调整。但对于免提状态下的通话,则可以仅仅根据是否接收到第一预设条件或第二预设条件来进行不同的亮灭屏控制以及接近光传感器发射功率的调整。也即是说在该情况下,不考虑用户与显示屏之间的目标距离的关系。例如,若用户接通电话后,开启了免提功能,那么即使后续用户与显示屏之间的目标距离小于灭屏距离阈值,也依然保持显示屏处于亮屏状态以及控制接近光传感器的发射功率在较低的第一发射功率,当接收到用户主动的灭屏操作,或长时间静置等条件触发才进行灭屏切换以及控制接近光传感器的发射功率至较高的第二发射功率;同理,对于免提状态下的通话处于灭屏状态也是一样,当接收到用户主动的亮屏操作或者检测到新的消息或来电等触发条件,才进行 亮屏切换以及控制接近光传感器的发射功率至较低的第一发射功率。需要说明的是,在发明实施例中,虽然通过开启免提之后未通过接近光传感器探测目标距离来决定屏幕的亮灭,但是针对该电子设备上的一些其它功能可能仍然需要用到上述目标距离,因此在本发明实施例中,仍然可以依据屏幕的亮灭情况来调整接近光传感器的发射功率。In this embodiment of the present invention, when the electronic device performs different screen-on/off controls for the hands-free calling state and the non-hands-free calling state, and adjusts the transmit power of the proximity light sensor, for the non-hands-free calling state, it can still be used. The control method in the first aspect above is to perform comprehensive judgment in combination with the first preset condition, the second preset condition, the relationship between the target distance and the threshold value of the on/off distance distance, so as to perform related control and adjustment. However, for calls in the hands-free state, different screen-on/off controls and adjustment of the transmit power of the proximity light sensor can be performed only according to whether the first preset condition or the second preset condition is received. That is to say, in this case, the relationship of the target distance between the user and the display screen is not considered. For example, if the user turns on the hands-free function after answering the phone, even if the target distance between the subsequent user and the display screen is less than the screen-off distance threshold, the display screen will still be kept on and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor will be controlled. At a lower first transmit power, when the user's active screen-off operation is received, or when conditions such as standing for a long time are triggered, the screen-off switch is performed and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to a higher second transmit power; the same The same is true for calls in the hands-free state when the screen is off. When the user's active screen-on operation is received or a trigger condition such as a new message or incoming call is detected, the screen-on-screen switch is performed and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled. to a lower first transmit power. It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the invention, although the on-off of the screen is determined by not detecting the target distance through the proximity light sensor after turning on the hands-free, the above-mentioned target distance may still be required for some other functions on the electronic device. , so in this embodiment of the present invention, the emission power of the proximity light sensor can still be adjusted according to the on-off condition of the screen.
可选的,假设其它功能中不涉及用户与显示屏之间的目标距离时,也可以关闭接近光传感器的功能(即无需调整其发射功率)。Optionally, if the target distance between the user and the display screen is not involved in other functions, the function of the proximity light sensor can also be turned off (that is, it is not necessary to adjust its transmit power).
例如,请参见图5A,图5A为本发明实施例提供的一些用户在通话过程中开通了免提功能的示意图。用户接通电话后,如用户界面52所示,其中包含了免提控件517,若电子设备100通过触摸传感器180K检测到了作用于该517控件上的触控操作(如在图标517上的点击操作)之后,响应于该操作,电子设备开启了免提功能(控件517由之前的灰度转态切换为点亮状态)。那么即使后续用户与显示屏之间的距离小于灭屏距离阈值,也依然保持显示屏处于亮屏状态,当接收到用户主动的灭屏操作,或长时间静置等条件触发才进行灭屏切换;同理,对于免提状态下的通话处于灭屏状态也是一样,当接收到用户主动的亮屏操作或者检测到新的消息或来电等触发条件,才进行亮屏切换。可选的,由于本发明实施例针对免提状态下的通话不采用探测目标距离来决定显示屏亮灭的方式,而仅通过第二预设条件或第二预设条件来切换显示屏的亮灭,因此电子设备可控制关闭接近光传感器194的功能。For example, please refer to FIG. 5A. FIG. 5A is a schematic diagram of some users enabling a hands-free function during a call according to an embodiment of the present invention. After the user connects the phone, as shown in the user interface 52, which includes the hands-free control 517, if the electronic device 100 detects a touch operation (such as a click operation on the icon 517) acting on the control 517 through the touch sensor 180K ), in response to this operation, the electronic device turns on the hands-free function (the control 517 is switched from the previous grayscale transition state to the lighted state). Then even if the distance between the subsequent user and the display screen is less than the screen-off distance threshold, the screen will still be kept on, and the screen-off switch will only be performed when the user's active screen-off operation is received, or when conditions such as standing for a long time are triggered. ; Similarly, the same is true for calls in the hands-free state when the screen is off. When the user's active screen-on operation is received or a trigger condition such as a new message or incoming call is detected, the screen-on-screen switch is performed. Optionally, because the embodiment of the present invention does not use the detection target distance to determine the way to turn on and off the display screen for calls in the hands-free state, but only switches the display screen on and off according to the second preset condition or the second preset condition. off, so the electronic device can control the function of the proximity light sensor 194 to be turned off.
图9A示出了本发明实施例提供的另一种接近光传感器控制方法的流程,该方法应用于上述任意一种电子设备,该方法流程主要描述了电子设备侧的方法步骤,该方法可包括:FIG. 9A shows a flow of another proximity light sensor control method provided by an embodiment of the present invention. The method is applied to any of the above electronic devices. The method flow mainly describes the method steps on the side of the electronic device. The method may include :
S901:若检测到锁屏条件,电子设备处于锁屏状态。S901: If a screen lock condition is detected, the electronic device is in a screen lock state.
具体地,锁屏条件具体可以包括,用户主动触发的锁屏操作,或者是电子设备长时间静置后触发自动锁屏。当所述电子设备处于锁屏状态下,通过所述接近光传感器检测用户与所述显示屏之间的目标距离;Specifically, the screen-locking condition may specifically include a screen-locking operation that is actively triggered by a user, or an automatic screen-locking operation that is triggered after the electronic device has been stationary for a long time. When the electronic device is in a locked screen state, detecting the target distance between the user and the display screen through the proximity light sensor;
S902:控制显示屏为AOD状态+接近光传感低功率工作模式。S902: Control the display to AOD state + proximity light sensing low-power working mode.
S903:判断是否检测到第一预设条件。S903: Determine whether the first preset condition is detected.
S904:若未检测到第一预设条件,则判断用户与显示屏之间的距离是否小于灭屏距离阈值。S904: If the first preset condition is not detected, determine whether the distance between the user and the display screen is less than the screen-off distance threshold.
S905:若小于,控制显示屏为灭屏状态+接近光传感高功率工作模式。S905: If it is less than, control the display screen to be off-screen state + proximity light sensor high-power working mode.
S906:判断是否检测到第二预设条件。S906: Determine whether the second preset condition is detected.
S907:若未检测到第二预设条件,判断用户与显示屏之间的距离是否大于亮屏距离阈值。S907: If the second preset condition is not detected, determine whether the distance between the user and the display screen is greater than the bright screen distance threshold.
具体地,若检测到第一预设条件,控制显示屏进入灭屏状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;或者,若未检测到所述第一预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离小于灭屏距离阈值,则控制所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;Specifically, if the first preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter the off-screen state, and the emission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the second emission power; or, if the first preset condition is not detected, and the distance between the user and the display screen is less than the screen-off distance threshold, the display screen is controlled to enter the screen-off state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the second transmit power;
若未检测到第二预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离大于亮屏距离阈值,则控制所述显示屏进入AOD状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率;If the second preset condition is not detected, and the distance between the user and the display screen is greater than the bright screen distance threshold, the display screen is controlled to enter the AOD state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power ;
若未检测到所述第一预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离不小于灭屏距离阈值,保持控制所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且保持控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;或者,If the first preset condition is not detected, and the distance between the user and the display screen is not less than the screen-off distance threshold, keep controlling the display screen to enter the screen-off state, and keep controlling the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is the second transmit power; or,
若所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且检测到所述第二预设条件,则控制显示屏进入AOD状态,控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率。If the display screen enters the off-screen state and the second preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter the AOD state, and the transmission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmission power.
其中,所述亮屏距离阈值大于所述灭屏距离阈值;所述第一发射功率小于所述第二发射功率。Wherein, the screen-on distance threshold is greater than the screen-off distance threshold; and the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
S908:判断电子设备是否解锁。S908: Determine whether the electronic device is unlocked.
S909:若解锁,则退出AOD。S909: If unlocked, exit the AOD.
具体地,当电子设备解锁后,则退出AOD状态。Specifically, when the electronic device is unlocked, it exits the AOD state.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一预设条件包括所述电子设备检测到无人脸信息或无人眼注视信息。可选的,当用户未设置需要通过人脸或者是人眼注视信息来决定是否进入灭屏状态时,则该第一预设条件可以为空(即无条件),即只通过用户与显示屏之间的距离来判断即可。In a possible implementation manner, the first preset condition includes that the electronic device detects no-face information or no-eye gaze information. Optionally, when the user does not set the need to determine whether to enter the off-screen state through the face or the gaze information of the human eye, the first preset condition can be empty (ie, unconditional), that is, only through the user and the display screen. The distance between them can be judged.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二预设条件包括如下条件中的一个或多个:In a possible implementation manner, the second preset condition includes one or more of the following conditions:
所述电子设备接收到用户触发的唤醒操作;或The electronic device receives a user-triggered wake-up operation; or
所述电子设备检测到人脸信息或人眼注视信息;或The electronic device detects face information or eye gaze information; or
所述电子设备接收到新的消息或接收到新的通话。The electronic device receives a new message or receives a new call.
请参见图9B,图9B为本发明实施例提供的一种AOD状态与灭屏状态切换的用户界面示意图。图9B中左边为AOD状态下的用户界面,用于显示一些简单的时间和日期信息,右边则为灭屏下界面。Please refer to FIG. 9B . FIG. 9B is a schematic diagram of a user interface for switching between an AOD state and an off-screen state according to an embodiment of the present invention. The left side of FIG. 9B is the user interface in the AOD state, which is used to display some simple time and date information, and the right side is the screen-off interface.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中所描述的接近光传感器控制方法的流程可参见上述图4中或者图8所述的方法实施例中相关步骤的描述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that, for the process of the proximity light sensor control method described in the embodiment of the present invention, reference may be made to the description of the relevant steps in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4 or FIG. 8 , and details are not repeated here.
在本发明实施例中,针对具体如何调整接近光传感器的发射功率,也即是将接近光传感器的发射功率调整至第二发射功率,或者调整至第一发射功率可以包括以下三种方式:In this embodiment of the present invention, specifically how to adjust the transmit power of the proximity light sensor, that is, adjusting the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to the second transmit power, or to the first transmit power, may include the following three ways:
方式一:调整接近光传感器中红外发射器的脉冲频率,(从单脉冲→多脉冲)/(从多脉冲→单脉冲)Method 1: Adjust the pulse frequency of the infrared transmitter in the proximity light sensor, (from single pulse→multiple pulse)/(from multiple pulse→single pulse)
假设接近传感器为红外脉冲传感器,当电子设备100中的处理器110检测到显示屏194处于灭屏状态时,则该处理器110控制增大接近光传感器180G中的红外发射器180G-a的脉冲个数也即是脉冲频率从而控制红外发射器的功率在灭屏状态下以较大的功率探测用户是否接近显示屏194,并通过红外接收器180G-b接收用户反射回的红外信号从而根据信号强度或者是发射信号与接收信号的时间差来计算用户当前离显示屏194的目标距离。并进一步根据该距离与亮屏距离阈值(远离距离)之间的关系,来判断是否控制显示屏194进行点亮。灭屏状态下可以通过提升发射脉冲个数从而提高接近光红外发射功率(例如5mA,64us,5pulses),使得远离距离信噪比提高,则可以保证大于等于远离距离时手机才会亮屏,解决手机离人脸较近距离接听电话时易反复亮灭屏的问题。请参见图10A,图10A为本发明实施例提供的一种灭屏状态下接近光多脉冲工作模式时序波形示意图。可以理解的是,本申请中将发射功率调整至第二发射功率对应图10A的右边,将发射功率调整至第一发射功率对应图10A的左边。Assuming that the proximity sensor is an infrared pulse sensor, when the processor 110 in the electronic device 100 detects that the display screen 194 is in an off-screen state, the processor 110 controls to increase the pulse of the infrared transmitter 180G-a in the proximity light sensor 180G The number is also the pulse frequency, so as to control the power of the infrared transmitter to detect whether the user is approaching the display screen 194 with a large power in the off-screen state, and receive the infrared signal reflected by the user through the infrared receiver 180G-b, so that according to the signal The intensity or the time difference between the transmitted signal and the received signal is used to calculate the user's current target distance from the display screen 194 . And further according to the relationship between the distance and the bright screen distance threshold (distance distance), it is determined whether to control the display screen 194 to light up. In the off-screen state, the near-light infrared emission power can be increased by increasing the number of transmitted pulses (such as 5mA, 64us, 5pulses), so that the signal-to-noise ratio of the far distance can be improved, and it can be ensured that the mobile phone will only brighten the screen when the distance is greater than or equal to the distance. When the mobile phone is close to the face, it is easy to repeatedly turn on and off the screen when answering a call. Please refer to FIG. 10A . FIG. 10A is a schematic diagram of a timing waveform of a near-optical multi-pulse working mode in an off-screen state according to an embodiment of the present invention. It can be understood that in this application, adjusting the transmit power to the second transmit power corresponds to the right side of FIG. 10A , and adjusting the transmit power to the first transmit power corresponds to the left side of FIG. 10A .
在本发明实施例中,考虑到接近光传感器和产线校准模式的因素,采取上述调整脉冲个数的方式有利于匹配产线校准门限。因为在接近光传感器调整脉冲数时可以不改变产线校准门限,而方式二和方式三需要产线校准门限随之动态变化。因此,上述采用单、多脉冲的切换模式的方式一无需更改产线校准参数,有利于相关产品的生产。In the embodiment of the present invention, considering the factors of the proximity optical sensor and the production line calibration mode, adopting the above method of adjusting the number of pulses is conducive to matching the production line calibration threshold. Because the production line calibration threshold can not be changed when the number of pulses is adjusted in the proximity of the light sensor, while the second and third methods require the production line calibration threshold to change dynamically. Therefore, the above-mentioned method of adopting the single-pulse switching mode and the multi-pulse switching mode does not need to change the calibration parameters of the production line, which is beneficial to the production of related products.
本发明实施例的核心在于手机通话场景下,亮灭屏采用不同发射光功率的接近光工作模式:亮屏时为保证屏幕斑点闪烁不明显、接近距离信噪比达标采用低功率工作模式(如单脉 冲),灭屏时为保证远离距离信噪比达标采用高功率工作模式(如多脉冲),灭屏时的发射能量可以为亮屏时的两倍或以上。The core of the embodiment of the present invention is that in the mobile phone call scenario, the proximity light working mode with different emitted optical powers is adopted for brightening and extinguishing the screen: when the screen is brightened, the low-power working mode is adopted to ensure that the screen spot flicker is not obvious and the signal-to-noise ratio of the proximity distance reaches the standard (such as When the screen is off, a high-power working mode (such as multi-pulse) is used to ensure that the signal-to-noise ratio at a far distance reaches the standard. The emission energy when the screen is off can be twice or more than that when the screen is on.
方式二:调整接近光传感器中红外发射器的电流,(从低电流→高电流)/(从高电流→低电流)Method 2: Adjust the current of the infrared transmitter in the proximity light sensor, (from low current→high current)/(from high current→low current)
灭屏状态下还可以通过提升发射脉冲电流从而提高接近光红外发射功率(例如15mA,64us,1pulse),使得远离距离信噪比提高,则可以保证大于等于远离距离时手机才会亮屏,解决手机离人脸较近距离接听电话时易反复亮灭屏的问题。请参见图10B,图10B为本发明实施例提供的一种灭屏状态下接近光高电流工作模式时序波形示意图。可以理解的是,本申请中将发射功率调整至第二发射功率对应图10B的右边,将发射功率调整至第一发射功率对应图10B的左边。In the off-screen state, the near-light infrared emission power (such as 15mA, 64us, 1pulse) can also be increased by increasing the emission pulse current, so that the signal-to-noise ratio of the far-distance distance can be improved. When the mobile phone is close to the face, it is easy to repeatedly turn on and off the screen when answering a call. Please refer to FIG. 10B . FIG. 10B is a schematic diagram of a timing waveform of a near-light high current working mode in an off-screen state according to an embodiment of the present invention. It can be understood that in this application, adjusting the transmit power to the second transmit power corresponds to the right side of FIG. 10B , and adjusting the transmit power to the first transmit power corresponds to the left side of FIG. 10B .
本发明实施例的核心在于手机通话场景下,亮灭屏采用不同发射光功率的接近光工作模式:亮屏时为保证屏幕斑点闪烁不明显、接近距离信噪比达标采用低功率工作模式(如低电流),灭屏时为保证远离距离信噪比达标采用高功率工作模式(如高电流),灭屏时的发射能量可以为亮屏时的两倍或以上。The core of the embodiment of the present invention is that in the mobile phone call scenario, the proximity light working mode with different emitted optical powers is adopted for brightening and extinguishing the screen: when the screen is brightened, the low-power working mode is adopted to ensure that the screen spot flicker is not obvious and the signal-to-noise ratio of the proximity distance reaches the standard (such as When the screen is off, the high-power working mode (such as high current) is used to ensure that the signal-to-noise ratio at the far distance reaches the standard. The emission energy when the screen is off can be twice or more than that when the screen is on.
方式三:调整接近光传感器中红外发射器的脉宽,(从短脉宽→长脉宽)/(从长脉宽→短脉宽)Method 3: Adjust the pulse width of the infrared transmitter in the proximity light sensor, (from short pulse width→long pulse width)/(from long pulse width→short pulse width)
灭屏状态下还可以通过提升发射脉冲脉宽从而提高接近光红外发射功率(例如5mA,192us,1pulse),使得远离距离信噪比提高,则可以保证大于等于远离距离时手机才会亮屏,解决手机离人脸较近距离接听电话时易反复亮灭屏的问题。请参见图10C,图10C为本发明实施例提供的一些用户在通话过程中开通了免提功能的示意图。图10C为本发明实施例提供的一种灭屏状态下接近光长脉宽工作模式时序波形示意图。可以理解的是,本申请中将发射功率调整至第二发射功率对应图10C的右边,将发射功率调整至第一发射功率对应图10C的左边。In the off-screen state, you can also increase the infrared emission power of the near-light by increasing the pulse width of the emission pulse (such as 5mA, 192us, 1pulse), so that the signal-to-noise ratio of the far distance can be improved, and it can be ensured that the mobile phone will be bright when the distance is greater than or equal to. Solve the problem that the screen is easy to turn on and off repeatedly when the phone is close to the face to answer the call. Referring to FIG. 10C , FIG. 10C is a schematic diagram of some users enabling a hands-free function during a call according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 10C is a schematic diagram of a timing waveform of a working mode with near-optical length and pulse width in an off-screen state according to an embodiment of the present invention. It can be understood that in this application, adjusting the transmit power to the second transmit power corresponds to the right side of FIG. 10C , and adjusting the transmit power to the first transmit power corresponds to the left side of FIG. 10C .
本发明实施例的核心在于手机通话场景下,亮灭屏采用不同发射光功率的接近光工作模式:亮屏时为保证屏幕斑点闪烁不明显、接近距离信噪比达标采用低功率工作模式(如短脉宽),灭屏时为保证远离距离信噪比达标采用高功率工作模式(如长脉宽),灭屏时的发射能量可以为亮屏时的两倍或以上。The core of the embodiment of the present invention is that in the mobile phone call scenario, the proximity light working mode with different emitted optical powers is adopted for brightening and extinguishing the screen: when the screen is brightened, the low-power working mode is adopted to ensure that the screen spot flicker is not obvious and the signal-to-noise ratio of the proximity distance reaches the standard (such as When the screen is off, the high-power working mode (such as long pulse width) is adopted to ensure that the signal-to-noise ratio at the far distance reaches the standard. The emission energy when the screen is off can be twice or more than that when the screen is on.
上述三种实施方式,可以基于现有技术中电子设备的硬件配置,依靠软件方案区分场景调节接近光红外发射功率(单脉冲/多脉冲切换、低电流/高电流切换、短脉宽/长脉宽切换),既可以保证亮屏时显示屏斑点闪烁不明显,又可以提升远离场景性能体验。相比于现有技术,本发明实施例,可以提高远离信噪比,使得远离距离增长、接近远离距离差增大,接近光性能体验得到提升。The above three implementations can be based on the hardware configuration of the electronic equipment in the prior art, and rely on the software scheme to distinguish the scene to adjust the near-light infrared emission power (single pulse/multi-pulse switching, low current/high current switching, short pulse width/long pulse). Wide switching), which can not only ensure that the display spot flicker is not obvious when the screen is bright, but also can improve the performance experience far away from the scene. Compared with the prior art, the embodiment of the present invention can improve the far-away signal-to-noise ratio, so that the far-away distance increases, the approach-to-far distance difference increases, and the near-light performance experience is improved.
进一步地,本发明实施例还可以应用于以下场景:灭屏常显场景,检测到接近时关闭AOD,降低接近光传感器的功耗并防误触;口袋模式场景,识别手机是否处于口袋中被遮挡,提高提示音或防止误触发密码解锁、误接听来电、误拨打紧急电话;智能背光场景,游戏、手持看视频等情形下通过接近光传感器判断当前环境光是否被遮挡,被遮挡的情况下不是外界环境真正变暗,则不根据环境光调节亮度,此处不再一一列举。Further, the embodiments of the present invention can also be applied to the following scenarios: a screen-off and always-on display scenario, turning off the AOD when approaching is detected, reducing the power consumption of the proximity light sensor and preventing accidental touches; a pocket mode scenario, identifying whether the mobile phone is in a pocket Block, increase the prompt tone or prevent the password to be unlocked by mistake, answer a call by mistake, and make an emergency call by mistake; in smart backlight scenes, games, watching videos by hand, etc., the proximity light sensor is used to judge whether the current ambient light is blocked, and when it is blocked If the external environment is not really darkened, the brightness is not adjusted according to the ambient light, which will not be listed here.
本发明实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其中,该计算机可读存储介质可存储有程序,该程序被主机或存储设备执行时,实现包括上述方法实施例中记载的任意一种接近光传感器控制方法的部分或全部步骤。An embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium can store a program, and when the program is executed by a host or a storage device, the program includes any one of the methods described in the foregoing method embodiments. Some or all of the steps of a light sensor control method.
本发明实施例还提供一种计算机程序,该计算机程序包括指令,当该计算机程序被主机或存储设备执行时,使得主机或存储设备可以执行任意一种接近光传感器控制方法的部分或全部步骤。Embodiments of the present invention also provide a computer program, the computer program including instructions, when the computer program is executed by the host or the storage device, the host or the storage device can execute part or all of the steps of any proximity light sensor control method.
在上述实施例中,对各个实施例的描述都各有侧重,某个实施例中没有详述的部分,可以参见其他实施例的相关描述。In the above-mentioned embodiments, the description of each embodiment has its own emphasis. For parts that are not described in detail in a certain embodiment, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions of other embodiments.
需要说明的是,对于前述的各方法实施例,为了简单描述,故将其都表述为一系列的动作组合,但是本领域技术人员应该知悉,本申请并不受所描述的动作顺序的限制,因为依据本申请,某些步骤可能可以采用其他顺序或者同时进行。其次,本领域技术人员也应该知悉,说明书中所描述的实施例均属于优选实施例,所涉及的动作和模块并不一定是本申请所必须的。It should be noted that, for the sake of simple description, the foregoing method embodiments are all expressed as a series of action combinations, but those skilled in the art should know that the present application is not limited by the described action sequence. Because in accordance with the present application, certain steps may be performed in other orders or simultaneously. Secondly, those skilled in the art should also know that the embodiments described in the specification are all preferred embodiments, and the actions and modules involved are not necessarily required by the present application.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置,可通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如上述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed apparatus may be implemented in other manners. For example, the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative, for example, the division of the above-mentioned units is only a logical function division, and other division methods may be used in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or integrated. to another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical or other forms.
上述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The above-mentioned units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
上述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以为个人计算机、服务端或者网络设备等,具体可以是计算机设备中的处理器)执行本申请各个实施例上述方法的全部或部分步骤。其中,而前述的存储介质可包括:U盘、移动硬盘、磁碟、光盘、只读存储器(Read-OnlyMemory,缩写:ROM)或者随机存取存储器(RandomAccessMemory,缩写:RAM)等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the above-mentioned integrated units are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solutions of the present application can be embodied in the form of software products in essence, or the parts that contribute to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions, and the computer software products are stored in a storage medium , including several instructions to enable a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc., specifically a processor in the computer device) to execute all or part of the steps of the foregoing methods in various embodiments of the present application. Wherein, the aforementioned storage medium may include: U disk, mobile hard disk, magnetic disk, optical disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, abbreviation: ROM) or random access memory (Random Access Memory, abbreviation: RAM) and other various storage media that can store medium of program code.
以上所述,以上实施例仅用以说明本申请的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述实施例对本申请进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本申请各实施例技术方案的精神和范围。As mentioned above, the above embodiments are only used to illustrate the technical solutions of the present application, but not to limit them; although the present application has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those of ordinary skill in the art should understand: The technical solutions described in the embodiments are modified, or some technical features thereof are equivalently replaced; and these modifications or replacements do not make the essence of the corresponding technical solutions deviate from the spirit and scope of the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application.
Claims (26)
- 一种接近光传感器控制方法,其特征在于,应用于电子设备,所述电子设备包括显示屏和设置于所述显示屏下方的接近光传感器;所述方法包括:A method for controlling a proximity light sensor, characterized in that it is applied to an electronic device, wherein the electronic device includes a display screen and a proximity light sensor disposed below the display screen; the method includes:接收到第一通话请求,控制所述显示屏进入亮屏状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率;receiving the first call request, controlling the display screen to enter a bright screen state, and controlling the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to be the first transmit power;接受所述第一通话请求,进入第一通话状态;Accept the first call request and enter the first call state;若检测到第一预设条件,控制显示屏进入灭屏状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;或者,若未检测到所述第一预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离小于灭屏距离阈值,则控制所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;If the first preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter the off-screen state, and the emission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the second emission power; or, if the first preset condition is not detected, and the user and the If the distance of the display screen is less than the screen-off distance threshold, the display screen is controlled to enter the screen-off state, and the emission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the second emission power;若未检测到第二预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离大于亮屏距离阈值,则控制所述显示屏进入亮屏状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率;If the second preset condition is not detected, and the distance between the user and the display screen is greater than the bright screen distance threshold, the display screen is controlled to enter the bright screen state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power power;其中,所述亮屏距离阈值大于所述灭屏距离阈值;所述第一发射功率小于所述第二发射功率。Wherein, the screen-on distance threshold is greater than the screen-off distance threshold; and the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
- 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:若未检测到所述第一预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离不小于灭屏距离阈值,保持控制所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且保持控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;或者,If the first preset condition is not detected, and the distance between the user and the display screen is not less than the screen-off distance threshold, keep controlling the display screen to enter the screen-off state, and keep controlling the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is the second transmit power; or,若所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且检测到所述第二预设条件,则控制显示屏进入亮屏状态,控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率。If the display screen enters a screen-off state and the second preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter a screen-on state, and the emission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first emission power.
- 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:接收用户对于通过状态的切换操作,进入第二通话状态,其中,所述第一通话状态包括非免提通话状态,所述第二通话状态包括免提通话状态;receiving the user's switching operation of the pass state, and entering a second call state, wherein the first call state includes a non-hands-free call state, and the second call state includes a hands-free call state;若检测到所述第一预设条件,则控制所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,以及控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为所述第二发射功率;If the first preset condition is detected, controlling the display screen to enter a screen-off state, and controlling the emission power of the proximity light sensor to be the second emission power;若检测到所述第二预设条件,则控制所述显示屏进入亮屏状态,以及控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为所述第一发射功率。If the second preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter a bright screen state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power.
- 如权利要求1-3任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一预设条件包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the first preset condition comprises:所述电子设备接收到用户触发的灭屏操作;或The electronic device receives a user-triggered screen-off operation; or所述电子设备处于静置状态超过预设时间段。The electronic device is in a stationary state for more than a preset period of time.
- 如权利要求1-4任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二预设条件包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein the second preset condition comprises:所述电子设备接收到用户触发的唤醒操作;或The electronic device receives a user-triggered wake-up operation; or所述电子设备上当前通话应用被切换至后台;或The current calling application on the electronic device is switched to the background; or所述电子设备的前台运行有除当前通话应用以外的应用程序;或An application program other than the current calling application is running in the foreground of the electronic device; or所述电子设备接收到新的消息或接收到新的通话。The electronic device receives a new message or receives a new call.
- 如权利要求1-5任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接近光传感器为红外脉冲传感 器;所述控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the proximity light sensor is an infrared pulse sensor; the control transmit power of the proximity light sensor is the second transmit power, comprising:通过增大所述红外脉冲传感器的脉冲的电流值,将所述红外脉冲传感器的发射功率调整至第二发射功率;或By increasing the current value of the pulse of the infrared pulse sensor, the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor is adjusted to the second transmission power; or通过增大所述红外脉冲传感器的脉冲的脉宽值,将所述红外脉冲传感器的发射功率调整至第二发射功率;或Adjust the transmit power of the infrared pulse sensor to the second transmit power by increasing the pulse width value of the infrared pulse sensor; or通过增加所述红外脉冲传感器的脉冲个数,将所述红外脉冲传感器的发射功率调整至第二发射功率。By increasing the number of pulses of the infrared pulse sensor, the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor is adjusted to the second transmission power.
- 如权利要求1-6任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接近光传感器为红外脉冲传感器;所述控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the proximity light sensor is an infrared pulse sensor; and the controlling the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to be the first transmit power, comprising:通过减小所述红外脉冲传感器的脉冲的电流值,将所述红外脉冲传感器的发射功率调整至第一发射功率;或Adjust the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor to the first transmission power by reducing the current value of the pulse of the infrared pulse sensor; or通过减小所述红外脉冲传感器的脉冲的脉宽值,将所述红外脉冲传感器的发射功率调整至第一发射功率;或Adjust the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor to the first transmission power by reducing the pulse width value of the pulse of the infrared pulse sensor; or通过减少所述红外脉冲传感器的脉冲个数,将所述红外脉冲传感器的发射功率调整至第一发射功率。By reducing the number of pulses of the infrared pulse sensor, the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor is adjusted to the first transmission power.
- 如权利要求1-7任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二发射功率为所述第一发射功率的两倍或者以上。The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the second transmit power is twice or more than the first transmit power.
- 一种电子设备,其特征在于,包括处理器、耦合于所述处理器的显示屏和接近光传感器,所述接近光传感器设置于所述显示屏的下方;An electronic device, comprising a processor, a display screen coupled to the processor, and a proximity light sensor, wherein the proximity light sensor is disposed below the display screen;所述接近光传感器,用于检测用户与所述显示屏之间的距离;the proximity light sensor for detecting the distance between the user and the display screen;所述处理器,用于:the processor for:接收到第一通话请求,控制所述显示屏进入亮屏状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率;receiving the first call request, controlling the display screen to enter a bright screen state, and controlling the transmit power of the proximity light sensor to be the first transmit power;接受所述第一通话请求,进入第一通话状态;Accept the first call request and enter the first call state;若检测到第一预设条件,控制显示屏进入灭屏状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;或者,若未检测到所述第一预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离小于灭屏距离阈值,则控制所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;If the first preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter the off-screen state, and the emission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the second emission power; or, if the first preset condition is not detected, and the user and the If the distance of the display screen is less than the screen-off distance threshold, the display screen is controlled to enter the screen-off state, and the emission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the second emission power;若未检测到第二预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离大于亮屏距离阈值,则控制所述显示屏进入亮屏状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率;If the second preset condition is not detected, and the distance between the user and the display screen is greater than the bright screen distance threshold, the display screen is controlled to enter the bright screen state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power power;其中,所述亮屏距离阈值大于所述灭屏距离阈值;所述第一发射功率小于所述第二发射功率。Wherein, the bright-screen distance threshold is greater than the screen-off distance threshold; and the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
- 如权利要求9所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于:The electronic device of claim 9, wherein the processor is further configured to:若未检测到所述第一预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离不小于灭屏距离阈值,保持控制所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且保持控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;或者,If the first preset condition is not detected, and the distance between the user and the display screen is not less than the screen-off distance threshold, keep controlling the display screen to enter the screen-off state, and keep controlling the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is the second transmit power; or,若所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且检测到所述第二预设条件,则控制显示屏进入亮屏状态, 控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率。If the display screen enters a screen-off state and the second preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter a screen-on state, and the emission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first emission power.
- 如权利要求9所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于:The electronic device of claim 9, wherein the processor is further configured to:接收用户对于通过状态的切换操作,进入第二通话状态,其中,所述第一通话状态包括非免提通话状态,所述第二通话状态包括免提通话状态;receiving the user's switching operation of the pass state, and entering a second call state, wherein the first call state includes a non-hands-free call state, and the second call state includes a hands-free call state;若检测到所述第一预设条件,则控制所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,以及控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为所述第二发射功率;If the first preset condition is detected, controlling the display screen to enter a screen-off state, and controlling the emission power of the proximity light sensor to be the second emission power;若检测到所述第二预设条件,则控制所述显示屏进入亮屏状态,以及控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为所述第一发射功率。If the second preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter a bright screen state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power.
- 如权利要求9-11任意一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述第一预设条件包括:The electronic device according to any one of claims 9-11, wherein the first preset condition comprises:所述电子设备接收到用户触发的灭屏操作;或The electronic device receives a user-triggered screen-off operation; or所述电子设备处于静置状态超过预设时间段。The electronic device is in a stationary state for more than a preset period of time.
- 如权利要求9-12任意一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述第二预设条件包括:The electronic device according to any one of claims 9-12, wherein the second preset condition comprises:所述电子设备接收到用户触发的唤醒操作;或The electronic device receives a user-triggered wake-up operation; or所述电子设备上当前通话应用被切换至后台;或The current calling application on the electronic device is switched to the background; or所述电子设备的前台运行有除当前通话应用以外的应用程序;或An application program other than the current calling application is running in the foreground of the electronic device; or所述电子设备接收到新的消息或接收到新的通话。The electronic device receives a new message or receives a new call.
- 如权利要求9-13任意一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述接近光传感器为红外脉冲传感器;所述处理器具体用于:The electronic device according to any one of claims 9-13, wherein the proximity light sensor is an infrared pulse sensor; and the processor is specifically used for:通过增大所述红外脉冲传感器的脉冲的电流值,将所述红外脉冲传感器的发射功率调整至第二发射功率;或By increasing the current value of the pulse of the infrared pulse sensor, the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor is adjusted to the second transmission power; or通过增大所述红外脉冲传感器的脉冲的脉宽值,将所述红外脉冲传感器的发射功率调整至第二发射功率;或Adjust the transmit power of the infrared pulse sensor to the second transmit power by increasing the pulse width value of the infrared pulse sensor; or通过增加所述红外脉冲传感器的脉冲个数,将所述红外脉冲传感器的发射功率调整至第二发射功率。By increasing the number of pulses of the infrared pulse sensor, the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor is adjusted to the second transmission power.
- 如权利要求9-14任意一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述接近光传感器为红外脉冲传感器;所述处理器具体用于:The electronic device according to any one of claims 9-14, wherein the proximity light sensor is an infrared pulse sensor; and the processor is specifically used for:通过减小所述红外脉冲传感器的脉冲的电流值,将所述红外脉冲传感器的发射功率调整至第一发射功率;或Adjust the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor to the first transmission power by reducing the current value of the pulse of the infrared pulse sensor; or通过减小所述红外脉冲传感器的脉冲的脉宽值,将所述红外脉冲传感器的发射功率调整至第一发射功率;或Adjust the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor to the first transmission power by reducing the pulse width value of the pulse of the infrared pulse sensor; or通过减少所述红外脉冲传感器的脉冲个数,将所述红外脉冲传感器的发射功率调整至第一发射功率。By reducing the number of pulses of the infrared pulse sensor, the transmission power of the infrared pulse sensor is adjusted to the first transmission power.
- 如权利要求9-15任意一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述第二发射功率为所述第一发射功率的两倍或者以上。The electronic device according to any one of claims 9-15, wherein the second transmit power is twice or more than the first transmit power.
- 一种接近光传感器控制方法,其特征在于,应用于电子设备,所述电子设备包括显示屏和设置于所述显示屏下方的接近光传感器;所述方法包括:A method for controlling a proximity light sensor, characterized in that it is applied to an electronic device, wherein the electronic device includes a display screen and a proximity light sensor disposed below the display screen; the method includes:若检测到锁屏条件,则控制所述显示屏进入灭屏常显AOD状态,控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率;If the screen-locking condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter the screen-off and always-displayed AOD state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power;若检测到第一预设条件,控制显示屏进入灭屏状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;或者,若未检测到所述第一预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离小于灭屏距离阈值,则控制所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;If the first preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter the off-screen state, and the emission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the second emission power; or, if the first preset condition is not detected, and the user and the If the distance of the display screen is less than the screen-off distance threshold, the display screen is controlled to enter the screen-off state, and the emission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the second emission power;若未检测到第二预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离大于亮屏距离阈值,则控制所述显示屏进入AOD状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率;If the second preset condition is not detected, and the distance between the user and the display screen is greater than the bright screen distance threshold, the display screen is controlled to enter the AOD state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power ;其中,所述亮屏距离阈值大于所述灭屏距离阈值;所述第一发射功率小于所述第二发射功率。Wherein, the bright-screen distance threshold is greater than the screen-off distance threshold; and the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
- 如权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 17, wherein the method further comprises:若未检测到所述第一预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离不小于灭屏距离阈值,保持控制所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且保持控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;或者,If the first preset condition is not detected, and the distance between the user and the display screen is not less than the screen-off distance threshold, keep controlling the display screen to enter the screen-off state, and keep controlling the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is the second transmit power; or,若所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且检测到所述第二预设条件,则控制显示屏进入AOD状态,控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率。If the display screen enters the off-screen state and the second preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter the AOD state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power.
- 如权利要求17-18任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一预设条件包括:The method according to any one of claims 17-18, wherein the first preset condition comprises:所述电子设备检测到无人脸信息或无人眼注视信息。The electronic device detects no face information or no eye gaze information.
- 如权利要求17-19任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二预设条件包括:The method according to any one of claims 17-19, wherein the second preset condition comprises:所述电子设备接收到用户触发的唤醒操作;或The electronic device receives a user-triggered wake-up operation; or所述电子设备检测到人脸信息或人眼注视信息;The electronic device detects face information or eye gaze information;所述电子设备接收到新的消息或接收到新的通话。The electronic device receives a new message or receives a new call.
- 一种电子设备,其特征在于,包括处理器、耦合于所述处理器的显示屏和接近光传感器,所述接近光传感器设置于所述显示屏的下方;An electronic device, comprising a processor, a display screen coupled to the processor, and a proximity light sensor, wherein the proximity light sensor is disposed below the display screen;所述接近光传感器,用于检测用户与所述显示屏之间的距离;the proximity light sensor for detecting the distance between the user and the display screen;所述处理器,用于:the processor for:若检测到锁屏条件,则控制所述显示屏进入灭屏常显AOD状态,控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率;If the screen-locking condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter the screen-off and always-displayed AOD state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power;若检测到第一预设条件,控制显示屏进入灭屏状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;或者,若未检测到所述第一预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离小于灭屏距离阈值,则控制所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;If the first preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter the off-screen state, and the emission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the second emission power; or, if the first preset condition is not detected, and the user and the If the distance of the display screen is less than the screen-off distance threshold, the display screen is controlled to enter the screen-off state, and the emission power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the second emission power;若未检测到第二预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离大于亮屏距离阈值,则控制所述显示屏进入AOD状态,且控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率;If the second preset condition is not detected, and the distance between the user and the display screen is greater than the bright screen distance threshold, the display screen is controlled to enter the AOD state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power ;其中,所述亮屏距离阈值大于所述灭屏距离阈值;所述第一发射功率小于所述第二发射 功率。Wherein, the bright-screen distance threshold is greater than the screen-off distance threshold; the first transmit power is less than the second transmit power.
- 如权利要求21所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于:The electronic device of claim 21, wherein the processor is further configured to:若未检测到所述第一预设条件,且用户与所述显示屏的距离不小于灭屏距离阈值,保持控制所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且保持控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第二发射功率;或者,If the first preset condition is not detected, and the distance between the user and the display screen is not less than the screen-off distance threshold, keep controlling the display screen to enter the screen-off state, and keep controlling the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is the second transmit power; or,若所述显示屏进入灭屏状态,且检测到所述第二预设条件,则控制显示屏进入AOD状态,控制所述接近光传感器的发射功率为第一发射功率。If the display screen enters the off-screen state and the second preset condition is detected, the display screen is controlled to enter the AOD state, and the transmit power of the proximity light sensor is controlled to be the first transmit power.
- 如权利要求21-22任意一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述第一预设条件包括:The electronic device according to any one of claims 21-22, wherein the first preset condition comprises:所述电子设备检测到无人脸信息或无人眼注视信息。The electronic device detects no face information or no eye gaze information.
- 如权利要求21-23任意一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述第二预设条件包括:The electronic device according to any one of claims 21-23, wherein the second preset condition comprises:所述电子设备接收到用户触发的唤醒操作;或The electronic device receives a user-triggered wake-up operation; or所述电子设备检测到人脸信息或人眼注视信息;或The electronic device detects face information or eye gaze information; or所述电子设备接收到新的消息或接收到新的通话。The electronic device receives a new message or receives a new call.
- 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被电子设备执行时实现上述权利要求1-8任意一项所述的方法,或实现上述17-20任意一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by an electronic device, the method described in any one of claims 1-8 above is implemented, or the above-mentioned computer program is implemented. The method of any one of 17-20.
- 一种计算机程序,其特征在于,所述计算机程序包括指令,当所述计算机程序被存储设备执行时,使得所述存储设备执行如权利要求1-8中任意一项所述的方法,或实现上述17-20任意一项所述的方法。A computer program, characterized in that the computer program includes instructions, when the computer program is executed by a storage device, the storage device causes the storage device to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-8, or to implement The method described in any one of the above 17-20.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN202010951850.5A CN114172983A (en) | 2020-09-10 | 2020-09-10 | Proximity optical sensor control method and related equipment |
CN202010951850.5 | 2020-09-10 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2022053006A1 true WO2022053006A1 (en) | 2022-03-17 |
Family
ID=80475923
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2021/117563 WO2022053006A1 (en) | 2020-09-10 | 2021-09-10 | Proximity light sensor control method and related device |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN114172983A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2022053006A1 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN116049122A (en) * | 2022-08-12 | 2023-05-02 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | Log information transmission control method, electronic device and storage medium |
CN116055627A (en) * | 2022-08-19 | 2023-05-02 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | A screen off control method, electronic device and storage medium |
Families Citing this family (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN116095228B (en) * | 2022-08-16 | 2023-10-20 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | Proximity light transmission power processing method, terminal equipment and storage medium |
CN118042041A (en) * | 2022-11-03 | 2024-05-14 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Mobile terminal pocket mode identification method, mobile terminal and storage medium |
CN118672378A (en) * | 2023-03-14 | 2024-09-20 | 华为技术有限公司 | Display screen control method and electronic device |
Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9325821B1 (en) * | 2011-09-30 | 2016-04-26 | Cirrus Logic, Inc. | Sidetone management in an adaptive noise canceling (ANC) system including secondary path modeling |
CN106686247A (en) * | 2017-01-13 | 2017-05-17 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | A proximity sensor detection method and mobile terminal |
CN107968883A (en) * | 2017-11-22 | 2018-04-27 | 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 | Distance state detection method and device, storage medium and electronic equipment |
CN108803947A (en) * | 2018-03-28 | 2018-11-13 | 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 | Control method, control device, electronic device, computer storage medium, and apparatus |
CN108924358A (en) * | 2018-07-03 | 2018-11-30 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Proximity sensor control method, electronic device, and computer-readable storage medium |
CN109618031A (en) * | 2018-12-25 | 2019-04-12 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Electronic device and control method thereof |
Family Cites Families (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN106020447B (en) * | 2016-05-05 | 2018-11-27 | 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 | Method and system for adjusting parameters of proximity sensor of touch electronic equipment |
CN108322608B (en) * | 2018-01-30 | 2019-11-19 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | A kind of screen on-off control method, mobile terminal |
-
2020
- 2020-09-10 CN CN202010951850.5A patent/CN114172983A/en active Pending
-
2021
- 2021-09-10 WO PCT/CN2021/117563 patent/WO2022053006A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9325821B1 (en) * | 2011-09-30 | 2016-04-26 | Cirrus Logic, Inc. | Sidetone management in an adaptive noise canceling (ANC) system including secondary path modeling |
CN106686247A (en) * | 2017-01-13 | 2017-05-17 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | A proximity sensor detection method and mobile terminal |
CN107968883A (en) * | 2017-11-22 | 2018-04-27 | 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 | Distance state detection method and device, storage medium and electronic equipment |
CN108803947A (en) * | 2018-03-28 | 2018-11-13 | 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 | Control method, control device, electronic device, computer storage medium, and apparatus |
CN108924358A (en) * | 2018-07-03 | 2018-11-30 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Proximity sensor control method, electronic device, and computer-readable storage medium |
CN109618031A (en) * | 2018-12-25 | 2019-04-12 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Electronic device and control method thereof |
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN116049122A (en) * | 2022-08-12 | 2023-05-02 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | Log information transmission control method, electronic device and storage medium |
CN116049122B (en) * | 2022-08-12 | 2023-11-21 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | Log information transmission control method, electronic device and storage medium |
CN116055627A (en) * | 2022-08-19 | 2023-05-02 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | A screen off control method, electronic device and storage medium |
CN116055627B (en) * | 2022-08-19 | 2023-11-10 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | Screen-off control method, electronic equipment and storage medium |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN114172983A (en) | 2022-03-11 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
EP4131911A1 (en) | Application interface interaction method, electronic device, and computer readable storage medium | |
EP3872807A1 (en) | Voice control method and electronic device | |
US20240179237A1 (en) | Screenshot Generating Method, Control Method, and Electronic Device | |
WO2022053006A1 (en) | Proximity light sensor control method and related device | |
WO2021000881A1 (en) | Screen splitting method and electronic device | |
EP3964954A1 (en) | Processing method and apparatus for waiting scenario in application | |
US20220291832A1 (en) | Screen Display Method and Electronic Device | |
US20230236714A1 (en) | Cross-Device Desktop Management Method, First Electronic Device, and Second Electronic Device | |
WO2022017393A1 (en) | Display interaction system, display method, and device | |
WO2022037726A1 (en) | Split-screen display method and electronic device | |
US20230117194A1 (en) | Communication Service Status Control Method, Terminal Device, and Readable Storage Medium | |
CN113141483B (en) | Screen sharing method based on video call and mobile device | |
EP4273687A1 (en) | Picture sharing method and electronic device | |
CN114115512B (en) | Information display method, terminal device, and computer-readable storage medium | |
EP4152782B1 (en) | Message pushing method and apparatus | |
EP4339770A1 (en) | Screen sharing method and related device | |
US12185024B2 (en) | Video communication method and video communications apparatus | |
US20250060860A1 (en) | Application widget management method, electronic device, and storage medium | |
CN113050864B (en) | Screen capturing method and related equipment | |
CN114690924A (en) | False touch prevention locking method, terminal device and computer readable storage medium | |
CN116017138B (en) | Light measuring control display method, computer equipment and storage medium | |
WO2024114493A1 (en) | Human-machine interaction method and apparatus | |
WO2024114212A1 (en) | Cross-device focus switching method, electronic device and system | |
WO2022042774A1 (en) | Profile picture display method and electronic device | |
EP4290375A1 (en) | Display method, electronic device and system |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 21866058 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 21866058 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |